三年（2022-2024）中考英语真题分类汇编（全国通用）专题36 短文语法填空（解析版）

这是一份三年（2022-2024）中考英语真题分类汇编（全国通用）专题36 短文语法填空（解析版），共162页。试卷主要包含了 One day, Mrs等内容，欢迎下载使用。
(2024中考真题）
（2024·河北·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词（有提示词的，填入所给单词的正确形式）。
The Lin family has a sn and a daughter, Lin Ming and Lin Fang. Lin Ming is seven and Lin Fang is tw years 1 (yung) than her brther. They study in different 2 (schl). One day, Mrs. Lin picked up Lin Ming and then they went t Lin Fang’s schl tgether. Sme bys and girls were playing 3 (happy) n the playgrund. Lin Ming std at the schl gate and waited 4 his sister. Just then, the bell 5 (ring). Several minutes later, many 6 (child) walked ut in a line. Lin Fang was the 7 (five) ne in it. When Lin Ming saw her, he culdn’t wait t run t her. “Fangfang,” Lin Ming 8 (shut). Jumping with jy, Lin Fang rushed t meet 9 (he). They hugged each ther and walked t their mther hand in hand. When Mrs. Lin saw this, 10 big smile appeared n her face. Her heart was filled with happiness.
【答案】
1．yunger 2．schls 3．happily 4．fr 5．rang 6．children 7．fifth 8．shuted 9．him 10．a
【导语】本文主要介绍林一家的家庭生活。
1．句意：林明七岁，林芳比她哥哥小两岁。根据“than”可知，此处应使用比较级，故填yunger。
2．句意：他们在不同的学校学习。different修饰名词复数，故填schls。
3．句意：一些男孩和女孩在操场上玩得很开心。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词happily，故填happily。
4．句意：林明站在学校门口等他的妹妹。wait fr“等待”，固定短语，故填fr。
5．句意：就在这时，铃响了。时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填rang。
6．句意：几分钟后，许多孩子排着队走出去。many修饰名词复数，故填children。
7．句意：林芳是其中的第五个。此处作定语修饰ne，用序数词fifth，故填fifth。
8．句意：“芳芳，”林明喊道。时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填shuted。
9．句意：林芳高兴得跳了起来，冲过去迎接他。此处在动词后作宾语，用宾格，故填him。
10．句意：林太太看到这，脸上露出了灿烂的笑容。她的心里充满了幸福。此处泛指一个微笑，用不定冠词a，故填a。
（2024·黑龙江牡丹江·中考真题）
Fill in the blanks with the grammatical knwledge accrding t the passage.
A grup f Chinese astrnauts visited Hng Kng and Maca in China. They met with yung peple there and encuraged 11 (they) t have a dream f space explratin (探索).
During the visit, the grup f Chinese astrnauts went t many middle schls 12 tw universities in Hng Kng. They als gave a talk in Maca and met 13 (thusand) f students in bth places.
“The Chinese space statin is 14 a hme fr the mtherland in space,” Chen Dng said. He is ne f 15 Shenzhu-14 astrnauts. He hpes that he 16 (see) peple frm Hng Kng and Maca in the Chinese space statin in the future.
During a special shw, Shum, a Hng Kng middle schl student, felt really 17 (excite) t meet the astrnauts. She thinks that the astrnauts 18 (be) true heres. “I am prud f ur cuntry and this makes me even 19 (interested) in space,” Shum said.
“The visit is special and imprtant fr students,”the chief executive f the Maca SAR (澳门特别行政区行政长官) said. He thinks that China has taken the educatin f science and technlgy 20 (serius).
The visit t Hng Kng and Maca was really successful.
【答案】
11．them 12．and 13．thusands 14．like 15．the 16．will see 17．excited 18．are 19．mre interested 20．seriusly
【导语】本文讲述了中国载人航天工程代表团走进香港和澳门，与学生进行深入交流。
11．句意：他们在那里会见了年轻人，鼓励他们有一个太空探索的梦想。动词“encuraged”后跟代词宾格形式。them“他们”，宾格。故填them。
12．句意：在访问期间，中国宇航员小组去了香港的多所中学和两所大学。“many middle schls”和“tw universities”是并列关系，需用and连接。故填and。
13．句意：他们还在澳门做了一次演讲，并在两地会见了数千名学生。thusands f“数以千计的”，表示一种概数。故填thusands。
14．句意：陈东说：“中国空间站就像祖国在太空中的家。”根据“The Chinese space statin hme”可知，此处是指中国空间站就像祖国在太空中的家，like“像”，介词。故填like。
15．句意：他是神舟十四号的宇航员之一。“ne f the...”后接可数名词的复数形式，表示某一群体中的一部分。 故填the。
16．句意：他希望将来能在中国的空间站看到来自香港和澳门的人。根据“in the future.”可知，本句是一般将来时(will d)。故填will see。
17．句意：在一个特别的节目中，香港中学生Shum，对见到宇航员感到非常兴奋。空处修饰人“Shum”，且位于“felt”后，用形容词excited，表示“兴奋的”。故填excited。
18．句意：她认为宇航员是真正的英雄。本句陈述事实，用一般现在时；主语“the astrnauts”是复数，be动词用are。故填are。
19．句意：Shum说：“我为我们的国家感到骄傲，这让我对太空更感兴趣了。”“even”修饰形容词比较级，mre interested“更加感兴趣的”。故填mre interested。
20．句意：他认为中国重视科技教育。take sth seriusly“认真对待某事”，固定短语。故填seriusly。
（2024·湖南长沙·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Chinese New Year is a great celebratin. It 21 (mark) the end f the winter seasn and the beginning f spring. Accrding t traditin, peple like t give flwers and fruits 22 each ther during Chinese New Year, because they carry many special 23 (meaning). They represent (象征) the earth cming back t life and best wishes fr new beginnings,
Orchids (兰花) cme in many clrs, but many peple like purple and red nes fr Chinese New Year. They are believed 24 (represent) lve and beauty. Orchids say, “Wish yu t be 25 (luck), successful and happy.” During the hliday perid, this plant is a must.
Penies (牡丹) are like sft cluds in pink, red and white. They are beautiful and can brighten up smene’s day. Red penies 26 (give) t peple t shw lve and care. Penies say, “Yu are special t me.” They are als a symbl f wealth and 27 (rich).
Kumquats (金橘), with 28 (they) glden clr, ate a symbl f wealth and luck. The Chinese wrd fr “kumquat” sunds like “gld range”, which cnnects kumquats with richness. This small fruit tree is ften presented in pairs.
The apple, with its bright clrs 29 rund shape, represents peace and harmny (和谐). In fact, the wrd fr “apple” in Chinese sunds like “peace”. 30 (certain), apples make great gifts.
【答案】
21．marks 22．t 23．meanings 24．t represent 25．lucky 26．are given 27．richness 28．their 29．and 30．Certainly
【导语】本文主要介绍人们喜欢在春节期间互赠鲜花和水果这一习俗及背后的意义。
21．句意：它标志着冬天的结束和春天的开始。时态是一般现在时，主语是It，动词用三单，故填marks。
22．句意：根据传统，人们喜欢在春节期间互赠鲜花和水果，因为它们承载着许多特殊的含义。give sth t sb“给某人某物”，故填t。
23．句意：根据传统，人们喜欢在春节期间互赠鲜花和水果，因为它们承载着许多特殊的含义。many修饰可数名词复数，故填meanings。
24．句意：人们认为它们代表着爱和美。be believed t d sth“被相信做某事”，故填t represent。
25．句意：兰花的意思是：“祝你幸运、成功、快乐。”此处在句中作表语，用其形容词形式，故填lucky。
26．句意：红色的牡丹是用来表示爱和关心的。本句主语是动作的承受者，时态是一般现在时，所以用一般现在时的被动语态be dne，主语是复数，be动词用are，故填are given。
27．句意：它们也是财富和富裕的象征。此处与wealth并列，用名词形式，故填richness。
28．句意：金黄色的金橘被认为是财富和幸运的象征。此处作定语修饰其后的名词，用形容词性物主代词their，故填their。
29．句意：苹果颜色鲜艳，形状圆润，象征着和平与和谐。前后构成并列关系，用and连接，故填and。
30．句意：当然，苹果是很好的礼物。此处在句中修饰整个句子，用副词Certainly放句首，故填Certainly。
（2024·福建·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，根据语境或所给单词的提示，在每个空格内填入一个恰当的词，要求所填的词意义准确、形式正确，使短文意思完整、行文连贯。
Xi’an is the capital city f Shaanxi prvince. It lies in 31 nrth f China. The city’s early histry is ften cnnected with Liu Bang, wh started the Han Dynasty and made Xi’an his capital. He 32 (give) it the name Chang’ an. During the Tang Dynasty, Xi’an achieved its great imprtance. Krea and Japan fllwed Xi’an’s example in 33 (build) their ancient capitals.
Many things frm ancient times can still be fund in Xi’an tday. The city wall—ne f the few city walls still left in China—is a gd example. It 34 (g) arund the city and is an imprtant cultural site (遗址). In central Xi’an there is the Bell Twer—the 35 ( large) bell twer remaining in China. The bell was first designed as an emergency alarm (警钟) t warn f danger, 36 it was very ften used t tell peple the time.
While Xi’an is a city 37 a lng histry, it is als very much a part f the mdern wrld. It is best 38 (knw) as a center fr sftware (软件) research, develpment and services. Histrically, Xi’an has always been a city f art, industry and business that have placed it far in frnt f many ther 39 (city).
Xi’an is a city always remaking 40 (it) and lking frward, all the while keeping the best f the past.
【答案】
31．the 32．gave 33．building 34．ges 35．largest 36．but 37．with 38．knwn 39．cities 40．itself
【导语】本文介绍了中国的城市西安。
31．句意：它在中国北方。in the nrth表示“在北方”。故填the。
32．句意：他给它长安的名字。根据“wh started the Han Dynasty and made Xi’an his capital. ”可知描述过去的事，用一般过去时，give过去式为gave。故填gave。
33．句意：韩国和日本效仿西安建造古都。in为介词，后接动词的动名词形式。故填building。
34．句意：它环绕着城市，是一个重要的文化遗址。根据“is an imprtant cultural site ”可知此句时态是一般现在时，主语是第三人称单数，谓语动词用三单。故填ges。
35．句意：在西安的中心有钟楼——中国现存最大的钟楼。the后接形容词最高级，largest表示“最大的”。故填largest。
36．句意：钟最初是作为紧急警报来警告危险的，但它经常被用来告诉人们时间。空前后有转折关系，用but连接。故填but。
37．句意：西安是一座历史悠久的城市，同时也是现代世界的一部分。根据“While Xi’an is a city ... a lng histry”可知此处指有悠久历史的城市，介词with表示“具有”。故填with。
38．句意：它以软件研究、开发和服务中心而闻名。形容词短语be knwn as表示“被称为”。故填knwn。
39．句意：从历史上看，西安一直是一座艺术、工业和商业之都，这使它远远领先于许多其他城市。many ther后接名词复数。故填cities。
40．句意：西安是一个不断自我改造和向前看的城市，同时也保留着过去的精华。根据“Xi’an is a city always remaking”可知此处指改进自己，主语是Xi’an，此处用反身代词itself。故填itself。
（2024·宁夏·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入恰当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式（每空一词）。
Mre Than Just A Ndle Shp
Gu Zhanglng, a Chinese yung man, has lived in France 41 12 years. In 2022, he 42 (begin) selling traditinal Shanxi sliced ndles in France. Sliced ndles are als 43 (call) Daximian in Chinese. Gu shared sme vides f his ndle shp nline, and the shp 44 (quick) became ppular. S far, he has already had 45 (millin) f fans all ver the wrld.
At first, Gu was 46 (wrry) abut whether his ndles wuld be ppular with French custmers. 47 , he fund the French custmers nt nly culd eat it, but als accepted it with gust (津津有味). “Many French friends have added 48 (we) ndles t their daily diet nw,” Gu said. “Fd knws n brders (国界).”
Since the ndle shp pened. Gu has hsted (招待) many French peple 49 are interested in China. Over dinner, Gu ften shares his knwledge f China with them. “I want mre and mre 50 (freigner) t learn abut Chinese fd and Chinese culture, s that they can better understand China,” he said.
【答案】
41．fr 42．began 43．called 44．quickly 45．millins 46．wrried 47．Hwever 48．ur 49．wh/that 50．freigners
【导语】本文主要介绍把中国山西刀削面带进法国的郭章龙的故事。
41．句意：郭章龙，一个中国年轻人，已经在法国生活了12年。根据“has lived in years”可知，此处强调时间段，用“fr+段时间”，故填fr。
42．句意：2022年，他开始在法国销售传统的山西刀削面。根据“In 2022”可知，是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填began。
43．句意：“Sliced ndles”在汉语中也被称为刀削面。根据“Sliced ndles are in Chinese.”可知，此处是be called“被称为”，故填called。
44．句意：郭在网上分享了一些他的面馆视频，这家店很快就火了起来。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词形式，故填quickly。
45．句意：到目前为止，他已经在世界各地拥有了数百万的粉丝。此处是millins f“数百万的”，故填millins。
46．句意：起初，郭担心他的面条是否会受到法国顾客的欢迎。be wrried abut“担心”，固定短语，故填wrried。
47．句意：然而，他发现法国顾客不仅可以吃，而且还津津有味地接受了它。前后两句构成转折关系，用Hwever连接，故填Hwever。
48．句意：现在很多法国朋友都把我们的面条加入了他们的日常饮食中。此处作定语，用形容词性物主代词ur，故填ur。
49．句意：自从面馆开业以来，郭接待了许多对中国感兴趣的法国人。此处是定语从句，先行词是人，引导词在从句中作主语，用wh/that引导。故填wh/that。
50．句意：我希望越来越多的外国人了解中国食物和中国文化，这样他们就能更好地了解中国。“mre and mre”修饰可数名词复数，故填freigners。
（2024·四川眉山·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Htpt, Map Tfu and Fish Filets in Ht Chili Oil (水煮鱼) —these dishes are well-knwn names in China. And they all have ne thing 51 cmmn: They’re very numbing (麻的) and spicy (辣的).“Numbing and spicy” is a special phrase which is used 52 (describe) Sichuan fd. Generally, Sichuan cks are gd at using Pixian Brad Bean Paste (郫县豆瓣). It 53 (see) as “the sul (灵魂) f Sichuan dishes” by many peple. As 54 result, they are quite different frm the dried and spicy Hunan fd and the sur and spicy Guizhu fd.
Hwever, t Sichuan dishes, there is much mre than 55 (they) numbing and spicy flavr (味道) because Sichuan cks are able t create all kinds f flavrs. S peple praise Sichuan dishes, “Each dish 56 (have) its wn style; a hundred dishes have a hundred different flavrs.” There are at 57 (little) 24 kinds f flavrs in Sichuan dishes and nly ne-third f them are spicy. Sme dishes are neither numbing 58 spicy, like sweet and sur fish.
Visitrs t Sichuan are surprised at s many 59 (chice) they have fr fd. Sichuan is 60 (certain) a great place t start yur Chinese fd jurney.
【答案】
51．in 52．t describe 53．is seen 54．a 55．their 56．has 57．least 58．nr 59．chices 60．certainly
【导语】本文主要介绍了川菜。
51．句意：它们都有一个共同点：麻辣。此处是固定短语in cmmn“共同的”。故填in。
52．句意：麻辣是一个用来形容川菜的特殊短语。be used t d sth“被用来做某事”，为固定短语，符合题意，故填t describe。
53．句意：它被许多人视为“川菜之魂”。此处是固定短语be seen as“被视为”，句子是一般现在时，主语是it，be动词用is。故填is seen。
54．句意：因此，它们与干辣的湖南菜和酸辣的贵州菜有很大的不同。as a result“因此，结果是”，为固定短语。故填a。
55．句意：然而，川菜的味道远不止麻辣，因为川菜厨师能做出各种各样的口味。空后是名词，应用形容词性物主代词their修饰，故填their。
56．句意：每道菜都有自己的风格。句子是一般现在时，主语是each，谓语动词用三单形式，故填has。
57．句意：四川菜至少有24种口味，其中只有三分之一是辣的。at least“至少”，为固定短语，故填least。
58．句意：有些菜既不麻也不辣，比如糖醋鱼。“既不……也不……”，为固定结构。故填nr。
59．句意：到四川旅游的人对四川有这么多可选择的食物感到惊讶。many修饰可数名词chice的复数，故填chices。
60．句意：四川无疑是开始你的中国美食之旅的好地方。certain是形容词，此处应用副词certainly“无疑”作状语。故填certainly。
（2024·江苏苏州·中考真题）
请认真阅读下面短文，在答题卡标有题号的横线上，填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
When cultures meet, nt just their language r clthing may be different. Often their fd will be 61 (great) different t. Peple n bth sides can discver new chances fr trading. This text 62 (tell) hw sme cmmn fd plants spread arund the wrld.
As early as 5, 000 BC, 63 (ptat) were traded in Suth America as a valuable type f fd. They were 64 (take) t Eurpe in the 1500s and their use sn spread acrss it.
Tea drinking started in China. By the early 1600s, traders had begun t ship tea frm China t Eurpe. Tea drinking sn 65 (becme) fashinable there but because 66 its high price, it remained a drink fr the wealthy.
Sugar cane (甘蔗) was first used t prduce 67 kind f sweet juice ver 8, 000 years ag n the island f New Guinea. Its use sn spread acrss Suth East Asia and then t the 68 (wide) wrld.
Cca was used t make a cld, spicy drink in Central America ver 3, 000 years ag. The Eurpeans brught it back with 69 (they) in the 1520s and added sugar t make the sweet, ht drink we knw tday. 70 it’s expensive, many peple still lve it.
【答案】
61．greatly 62．tells 63．ptates 64．taken 65．became 66．f 67．a 68．wider 69．them 70．Althugh/Thugh
【导语】本文是一篇说明文，介绍了一些常见的食用植物是如何在世界各地传播的。
61．句意：通常他们的食物也会有很大的不同。great“大的”，形容词，此处应用其副词形式greatly，修饰形容词different。故填greatly。
62．句意：本文讲述了一些常见的食用植物是如何在世界各地传播的。tell“讲述”，动词。本句是一般现在时，主语是第三人称单数，谓语动词用其单三形式。故填tells。
63．句意：早在公元前5000年，土豆就作为一种有价值的食物在南美洲进行贸易。ptat “土豆”，可数名词，由“were”可知，用其复数形式。故填ptates。
64．句意：它们在16世纪被带到欧洲，并很快传遍了整个欧洲。take“携带”，动词。此处指土豆被带到欧洲，是被动语态，动词用其过去分词形式。故填taken。
65．句意：饮茶很快在那里成为一种时尚，但由于价格高昂，它仍然是富人的饮品。becme“成为”，动词。本句描述过去的事，应为一般过去时，谓语动词用其过去式。故填became。
66．句意：饮茶很快在那里成为一种时尚，但由于价格高昂，它仍然是富人的饮品。此处是短语because f “由于”。故填f。
67．句意：8000多年前，在新几内亚岛，甘蔗首次被用来生产一种甜果汁。此处是短语a kind f “一种”。故填a。
68．句意：它的使用很快就传遍了东南亚，然后传播到了更广阔的世界。wide“宽阔的”，形容词。此处指甘蔗后来传播到更为宽阔的世界，暗含比较，应用其比较级。故填wider。
69．句意：15世纪20年代，欧洲人将其带回欧洲，并添加糖制成我们今天所知的甜味热饮。they “他们”，代词主格。此处应用其宾格形式them，作介词with的宾语。故填them。
70．句意：虽然它很贵，但许多人仍然喜欢它。分析句子可知，此处缺少连词，指虽然它很昂贵，但是很多人仍然很喜欢，故用althugh/thugh引导让步状语从句。故填Althugh/Thugh。
（2024·湖北武汉·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，根据上下文或括号内单词等提示，在空白处填入适当的单词或括号内单词的适当形式。
The theme parks in the wrld are ppular because they have their wn character IPs (知识产权), such as Mickey Muse and Harry Ptter. Accrding t 71 research reprt, IP is the “heart” f a theme park. 72 (develp) China’s wn IPs, sme theme parks make gd use f traditinal Chinese culture, and thers fcus n films abut Chinese 73 (stry).
It is 74 (encurage) that the Chinese cultural industry (产业) has been taking a big step in creative wrks. Fr example, sme famus theme parks have pened in Shanghai and Beijing 75 (recent). It’s happy t see that sme Chinese culture has been welcmed in the parks.
Over the past few years, Chinese cultural IPs have ften appeared 76 mvies and TV dramas. Fr example, the Chinese film Chang’an San Wan Li became a success thanks t the Chinese ink paintings, ancient pems 77 high technlgy in it. Besides, Mulan, which 78 (prduce) years ag, helped traditinal Chinese cultured t be learned by the wrld.
Traditinal Chinese culture 79 (prvide) special experiences fr the entertainment industry. The key lies in new ideas. With the help f high technlgy, China can develp 80 (it) traditinal cultural IPs and it will have wrld-class theme parks in the cming years.
【答案】
a 72．T develp 73．stries 74．encuraging 75．recently 76．in 77．and
78．was prduced 79．prvides 80．its
【导语】本文主要介绍中国文化产业的发展。
71．句意：一份研究报告显示，知识产权是主题公园的“心脏”。此处泛指一份研究报告，“research reprt”首字母发辅音音素，故填a。
72．句意：为了开发中国自己的知识产权，一些主题公园很好地利用了中国传统文化，而另一些主题公园则专注于中国故事的电影。此处在句中表示目的，用动词不定式形式，故填T develp。
73．句意：为了开发中国自己的知识产权，一些主题公园很好地利用了中国传统文化，而另一些主题公园则专注于中国故事的电影。此处表示复数含义，使用名词复数形式，故填stries。
74．句意：令人鼓舞的是，中国文化产业在创意作品方面迈出了一大步。句中It为形式主语，真正的主语是that the Chinese cultural industry (产业) has been taking a big step in creative wrks，此处表示中国文化产业在创意作品方面迈出了一大步，这是一件令人鼓舞的事情，应用形容词encuraging来修饰。故填encuraging。
75．句意：例如，最近在上海和北京开设了一些著名的主题公园。此处在句中作状语，用副词形式。故填recently。
76．句意：在过去的几年里，中国文化知识产权经常出现在电影和电视剧中。根据“Chinese cultural IPs have ften and TV dramas”可知，中国文化知识产权经常出现在电影和电视剧中，in“在……中”符合语境。故填in。
77．句意：例如，中国电影《长安三万里》的成功要归功于其中的中国水墨画、古诗词和高科技。前后构成并列关系，用and连接。故填and。
78．句意：此外，多年前制作的《木兰》帮助中国传统文化被世界学习。本句主语是动作的承受者，结合“years ag”可知，用一般过去时的被动语态，主语是“Mulan”，be动词用was。故填was prduced。
79．句意：中国传统文化为娱乐业提供了特殊的体验。本句时态是一般现在时，主语是“Traditinal Chinese culture”，动词用三单。故填prvides。
80．句意：在高科技的帮助下，中国可以开发其传统文化知识产权，并将在未来几年拥有世界级的主题公园。此处作定语修饰“traditinal cultural IPs”，用形容词性物主代词its。故填its。
（2024·四川达州·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在文章空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
The Shenzhu-18 manned spaceship has been successfully launched (发射) frm the Jiuquan Satellite Launch Center. It marks China’s 32nd manned flight int space.
At 8: 59 p. m. n April 25, 2024, it 81 (send) three astrnauts and nearly 100 experimental bxes (实验柜) t the Tiangng space statin. The three astrnauts 82 (be) Ye Guangfu, Li Cng and Li Guangsu. They were all brn in the 1980s. Ye was ne f the 83 (member) f the Shenzhu-l3 missin (任务) frm Octber 2021 84 April 2022.
This time, he wrks as the 85 (lead) f the three astrnauts. Bth Li Cng 86 Li Guangsu are newcmers t space. During 87 (they) time in space, they will care fr the space statin t make sure it can wrk 88 (safe). They will d ver 90 experiments. A fish 89 (call) “the 4th member f Shenzhu-18” will be used fr an experimental prject.
The Shenzhu-18 astrnauts are planned t return t 90 earth in late Octber this year. S they will spend abut six mnths n the space statin.
【答案】
81．sent 82．are 83．members 84．t 85．leader 86．and 87．their 88．safely 89．called 90．the
【导语】本文介绍了神舟十八号的航天员以及航天任务、行程等。
81．句意：2024年4月25日晚8点59分，中国航天局将3名航天员和近100个实验柜送往天宫空间站。send“发送”，动词。根据“At 8: 59 p. m. n April 25, 2024”可知，时态是一般过去时，谓语动词用其过去式。故填sent。
82．句意：这三名宇航员分别是叶光富、李聪和李广苏。本句陈述事实，是一般现在时，主语是复数，be动词用are。故填are。
83．句意：叶是2021年10月至2022年4月神舟三号任务的成员之一。member“成员”，可数名词。ne f the+名词复数，意为“……之一”。故填members。
84．句意：叶是2021年10月至2022年4月神舟三号任务的成员之一。frm…t…“从……到……”，固定搭配。故填t。
85．句意：这一次，他是三名宇航员中的领导者。lead“领导”，动词。此处指叶光富是三人中的领导者。leader“领导”，可数名词，用其单数形式。故填leader。
86．句意：李聪和李广苏都是太空新人。bth…and“两者都……”，固定搭配。故填and。
87．句意：在太空期间，他们将照顾空间站，确保它能安全工作。they“他们”，人称代词。此处应用形容词性物主代词their，作定语修饰time。故填their。
88．句意：在太空期间，他们将照顾空间站，确保它能安全工作。safe“安全的”，形容词。此处用其副词形式safely，修饰动词wrk。故填safely。
89．句意：一种名为“神舟十八号”的鱼将被用于一个实验项目。call“称为”，动词。此处用其过去分词形式called，作后置定语修饰名词fish。故填called。
90．句意：神舟十八号航天员计划于今年十月下旬返回地球。此处缺少冠词，earth“地球”是世界上独一无二的物体，其前应加定冠词the。故填the。
（2024·黑龙江绥化·中考真题）
根据短文内容用所给词的适当形式填空。
After sme warm-up activities, Zhang Hanliang starts her martial (武术的) art exercises in the mrning. T prmte (推广) martial arts t mre peple, Zhang and her team 91 (make) many 92 (traditin) Chinese martial art vides in the past few years. 93 (millin) f peple watched the vides. “I hpe that mre and mre peple will feel the beauty f 94 (d) Chinese kung fu.” said Zhang.
Zhang has practiced martial arts fr ver 20 years. 95 (she) lve fr martial arts 96 (cme) frm her family. After Zhang had practiced at hme fr a few years, her father sent her t a sprts schl. At that time, Zhang was the 97 (yung) child t learn martial arts at the schl, but she practiced very hard. “I wuld keep 98 (practice) after daily training every day.” Zhang said.
In 2007, Zhang began t teach martial arts. Besides her jb at the university, Zhang 99 (wrk) t prmte the martial arts t freigners nw. She has been invited t many freign cuntries t give lessns n it. “Martial arts can be a bridge fr cultural exchanges between China and ther cuntries,” said Zhang. She wished mre and mre peple 100 (knw) and lve martial arts.
【答案】
91．have made 92．traditinal 93．Millins 94．ding 95．Her 96．cmes 97．yungest 98．practicing 99．is wrking 100．t knw
【导语】本文主要介绍了张含亮和其团队制作的多个中华传统武术视频在互联网悄然走红的故事，引导学生尊重并弘扬传统文化，增强文化自信。
91．句意：为了向更多人推广武术，张和她的团队在过去几年里制作了许多中国传统武术视频。根据“in the past few years”可知，强调动作的持续，所以用现在完成时，主语是复数名词，所以助动词用have，后跟过去分词made。故填have made。
92．句意：为了向更多人推广武术，张和她的团队在过去几年里制作了许多中国传统武术视频。空处作定语修饰名词vides，所以用traditin的形容词形式traditinal。故填traditinal。
93．句意：数百万人观看了这些视频。millins f“数百万的”，固定短语，句首单词首字母要大写。故填Millins。
94．句意：我希望越来越多的人能感受到中国功夫的美。介词f后跟动名词作宾语，故填ding。
95．句意：她对武术的热爱来自她的家庭。空处作定语修饰名词lve，所以用she的形容词性物主代词her，句首单词首字母大写。故填Her。
96．句意：她对武术的热爱来自她的家庭。不可数名词lve作主语，时态是一般现在时，所以谓语动词用三单形式，故填cmes。
97．句意：当时，张是学校里最小的孩子，但她练得很刻苦。根据“at the schl”可知，是与学校的孩子相比，三者以上作比较用最高级，yung的最高级yungest，故填yungest。
98．句意：在每天的日常训练之后，我会继续练习。keep ding sth“继续做某事”，所以空处用动名词作宾语，故填practicing。
99．句意：除了大学的工作，她现在还在向外国人推广武术。根据“nw”可知，时态是现在进行时，主语是第三人称单数，所以be动词用is，后跟wrk的现在分词。故填is wrking。
100．句意：她希望越来越多的人了解并热爱武术。wish sb t d sth“希望某人做某事”，固定短语，所以空处用动词不定式，故填t knw。
（2024·四川自贡·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
The Zigng Lantern Festival shws the wisdm and culture f peple in Zigng. In 2008, the festival 101 (becme) a natinal-level intangible cultural heritage (国家级非物质文化遗产). S far the Zigng lantern festival 102 (reach) many places in China and mre than eighty 103 (cuntry) arund the wrld.
Wan Sngta is 104 imprtant leader f a lantern-making cmpany in Zigng. He spent his every vacatin 105 (learn) lantern-making frm his father when he was a teenager. 106 (get) better at designing (设计), Wan studied fine art in cllege.
One f the mst imprtant parts f making a large lantern is designing. “We used t design the lanterns all by urselves,” said Wan. “ 107 (lucky), we can use AI fr gd ideas nw.” Besides AI, ther technlgies are als very 108 (help). “The great success f Zigng lanterns cmes 109 team effrt,” said Wan. His favrite wrk The sundial in 2024 is the wrk f ver 80 Zigng lantern makers as well as a grup f engineers. It tk them ver 4,000 hurs t make it 110 bring it t the park.
【答案】
101．became 102．has reached 103．cuntries 104．an 105．learning 106．T get 107．Luckily 108．helpful 109．frm 110．and
【导语】本文主要介绍了自贡元宵节的影响以及现代科技对设计灯笼的影响。
101．句意：2008年，该节日被列为国家级非物质文化遗产。根据“In 2008”可知，此处是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填became。
102．句意：到目前为止，自贡元宵节已经传到了中国许多地方和世界上80多个国家。根据S far可知，此处用现在完成时have/has dne的结构，主语是单数形式，助动词用has，故填has reached。
103．句意：到目前为止，自贡元宵节已经传到了中国许多地方和世界上80多个国家。根据“mre than eighty”可知，此空应填复数形式，故填cuntries。
104．句意：万松涛是自贡一家灯笼制作公司的重要领导。此处表示泛指，且imprtant是以元音音素开头的，故填an。
105．句意：十几岁的时候，他每个假期都跟着父亲学习制作灯笼。spend time ding sth“花费时间做某事”，动名词作宾语，故填learning。
106．句意：为了更好地设计，他在大学学习美术。根据“better at designing (设计), Wan studied fine art in cllege.”可知，在大学学习美术是为了更好地设计，用动词不定式作目的状语，故填T get。
107．句意：幸运的是，我们现在可以用人工智能来想出好主意。此空位于开头，且空格后有逗号隔开，应填副词作状语。根据“we can use AI fr gd ideas nw.”可知，现在可以用人工智能来想出好主意，这是一件幸运的事，故填Luckily。
108．句意：除了人工智能，其他技术也很有帮助。are后接形容词作表语，helpful“有帮助的”符合，故填helpful。
109．句意：自贡灯笼的巨大成功来自于团队的努力。根据“The great success f Zigng lanterns cmes…team effrt”可知，成功来自于团队的努力，cme frm“来自”，故填frm。
110．句意：他们花了4000多个小时制作并把它带到公园。空格前后是并列关系，用and连接，故填and。
（2024·四川遂宁·中考真题）
根据下面材料，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内所给单词的正确形式。
The il-paper umbrella has a histry f ver 1,000 years in China. There are different 111 (stry) abut the inventin f the umbrella in China. The mst ppular ne has smething t d with Lu Ban. It’s said that nce he and his wife visited the West Lake. It started raining suddenly. His wife said, “Let’s have 112 cmpetitin. Befre sunrise tmrrw, the ne wh cmes up 113 a gd way t visit the West Lake even n rainy days will be the winner.” Lu Ban 114 (think) it was easy. He cllected sme tls and materials. Then he spent the whle night 115 (build) pavilins (亭子) arund the lake. He was quite prud f his wrk.
The next mrning, 116 Lu Ban talked abut his achievements and felt prud, his wife held smething unusual in her hand. It culd be pened int a rund shape. Lu Ban was 117 (surprise). He fund that the bject, made f silk and bamb, culd be pened and clsed 118 (easy). It was light, beautiful and easy t carry. Lu Ban said, “Yu win. Yur inventin can prtect us frm rain better.” S the umbrella 119 (invent).
Later, peple began t use paper, which was 120 (cheap) than silk. T make the umbrella water-prf, peple brushed a kind f il n the surface. S the il-paper umbrella appeared.
【答案】
111．stries 112．a 113．with 114．thught 115．building 116．when 117．surprised 118．easily 119．was invented 120．cheaper
【导语】本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了鲁班和妻子发明雨伞的典故。
111．句意：关于雨伞的发明，中国有不同的故事。stry“故事”，可数名词，被different修饰，用其复数形式。故填stries。
112．句意：我们来比赛吧。cmpetitin是可数名词单数，且以辅音音素发音开头，其前应加不定冠词a。have a cmpetitin“比赛”。故填a。
113．句意：明天日出之前，谁能想出一个雨天也能游西湖的好办法，谁就是赢家。cme up with“想出”，动词短语。故填with。
114．句意：鲁班认为这很容易。think“认为”，动词。时态是一般过去时，谓语动词用其过去式。故填thught。
115．句意：然后他花了一整晚在湖边建造亭子。build“建造”，动词。spend sme time ding sth.“花费时间做某事”，动名词作宾语。故填building。
116．句意：第二天早晨，鲁班谈起自己的功绩，得意洋洋，他的妻子手里拿着一件不寻常的东西。此处缺少连词，指当鲁班谈到自己建造的亭子时，妻子手里拿着一件不寻常的东西。when“当……时”，引导时间状语从句。故填when。
117．句意：鲁班很惊讶。surprise“使惊讶”，动词。此处应用其形容词surprised“惊讶的”，作表语，修饰人。故填surprised。
118．句意：他发现这个由丝绸和竹子制成的东西可以很容易地打开和关闭。easy“容易的”，形容词。此处应用其副词easily，修饰动词。故填easily。
119．句意：于是伞被发明了。invent“发明”，动词。此处指雨伞被发明，应为被动语态。时态是一般过去时，应为一般过去时的被动语态。主语是单数，be动词用was。故填was invented。
120．句意：后来，人们开始使用比丝绸便宜的纸。cheap“便宜的”，形容词。根据“than”可知，此处用其比较级。故填cheaper。
（2024·四川宜宾·中考真题）
根据下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容（1个单词）或括号内单词的正确形式，并将答案填写在答题卡上的相应位置。
In China, when yu want t travel n a high-speed train, yu can nw chse a quiet car. The big train cmpany in China has started this n sme train lines, 121 the nes frm Beijing t Shanghai, Beijing t Guangzhu, and Chengdu t Chngqing.
Yu can chse a quiet car when yu buy yur train ticket n the website 12306.cn 122 can ffer train tickets. Yu can ask fr a quiet seat in the 123 (tw) class (等级). On the 12306 phne app, if a train has a quiet car, yu 124 (find) a “quiet” sign.
After yu buy yur ticket, yu will receive 125 message telling yu nt t make any nise in the quiet car. Yu shuld use headphnes when 126 (listen) t music and g utside the quiet car if yu talk n the phne. Parents must make sure their 127 (child) behave well s that they wn’t cause any truble fr thers. The cnductrs (列车员) will speak mre 128 (sft). They als knw when each persn will get ff the train and can tell 129 (they) quietly.
If yu wuld like 130 (buy) sme fd, yu can scan (扫描) a special cde n the arm f yur seat. Fllw the steps t rder, and the salespersn will bring it t yu.
Nw, yu can enjy a nice and quiet train trip!
【答案】
121．including 122．that/which 123．secnd 124．will find 125．a 126．listening 127．children 128．sftly 129．them 130．t buy
【导语】本文主要讲了火车上可以选择安静车厢服务，介绍了服务要遵守的一些规定以及一些注意事项。
121．句意：中国最大的铁路公司已经在一些线路上推出了这项服务，包括北京至上海、北京至广州和成都至重庆的线路。根据“The big train cmpany in China has started this n sme train lines, nes frm Beijing t Shanghai, Beijing t Guangzhu, and Chengdu t Chngqing.”可知，此处举例推出这项服务的线路包括哪些，介词including“包括”符合语境。故填including。
122．句意：你可以在12306.cn网站上买火车票时选择一节安静的车厢。此处是定语从句，先行词是物，引导词在从句中作主语，用that/which引导定语从句。故填that/which。
123．句意：你可以在二等座要一个安静的座位。此处作定语修饰class，用序数词secnd，表示第二等级的车厢，故填secnd。
124．句意：在12306手机应用程序上，如果火车上有安静车厢，你会发现一个“安静”的标志。此处是if引导的条件状语从句，动作未发生，满足“主将从现”原则，主句用一般将来时。故填will find。
125．句意：在你买了票之后，你会收到一条信息，告诉你不要在安静的车厢里制造任何噪音。此处泛指一条信息，“message”首字母发辅音音素。故填a。
126．句意：听音乐时应戴上耳机，打电话时应离开安静的车厢。此处在句中作状语，用现在分词形式。故填listening。
127．句意：父母必须确保他们的孩子表现良好，这样他们就不会给别人带来麻烦。此处表示复数含义，使用名词复数形式。故填children。
128．句意：父母必须确保他们的孩子表现良好，这样他们就不会给别人带来麻烦。此处在句中修饰动词speak，用副词形式。故填sftly。
129．句意：他们还知道每个人什么时候下车，并能悄悄地告诉他们。此处在动词后作宾语，用宾格。故填them。
130．句意：如果你想买一些食物，你可以扫描座位扶手上的特殊码。wuld like t d sth“想要做某事”，动词不定式作宾语。故填t buy。
（2024·四川南充·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式，并将答案写在答题卡相应的横线上。
Jiang Shumei, brn in 1937, spent mst f her time wrking in a factry. In 1996, she learned her 131 (ne) Chinese character (汉字). Sixteen years later, she started t write dwn sme f her wn 132 (stry). It was nt easy. Smetimes, cmpleting a single sentence culd take a day. She 133 (usual) started at 3 r 4 a.m., and revised (修改) the pieces several times until she was 134 (satisfy).
In 2013, her bk, Time f Truble, Time f Pverty, was published and prved t be 135 success. The bk earned Jiang a lt f fans and sympathy (同情). “Dn’t feel srry fr me,” she says t her fans, “The hardships mentined in the bk are nw in the past. 136 them, I culd never have finished this bk.”
S far, the elderly wman 137 (publish) six bks, ttaling mre than 600,000 characters in length. “It’s never t late. I enjy 138 (I) when writing,“ Jiang says. She lives a healthy life, exercising every day 139 eating a balanced diet. “If I culd live as lng as 130, wuld yu still say that it is t late fr me 140 (start) after 60?” she says jkingly.
【答案】
131．first 132．stries 133．usually 134．satisfied 135．a 136．Withut 137．has published 138．myself 139．and 140．t start
【导语】本文通过描述姜淑梅在60岁以后开始学习汉字并成为作家的故事，告诉我们：活到老，学到者，
131．句意：1996年，她学会了第一个汉字。根据“she learned character (汉字).”可知，空处是指学会了第一个汉字，需用序数词first，意为“第一个”。故填first。
132．句意：16年后，她开始写下自己的一些故事。根据“sme f her wn...”可知，空处需填入复数名词。stries“故事”。故填stries。
133．句意：她通常在凌晨3、4点开始，把作品修改几次，直到满意为止。修饰空后动词“started”需用副词usually，意为“通常”。故填usually。
134．句意：她通常在凌晨3、4点开始，把作品修改几次，直到满意为止。be动词后跟形容词作表语；satisfy的形容词为satisfied，意为“满意的”。故填satisfied。
135．句意：2013年，她的书《乱时候，穷时候》出版并取得了成功。空处泛指“一个成功”，且“success”以辅音音素开头，需用不定冠词a。故填a。
136．句意：没有它们，我永远也写不完这本书。根据“The hardships mentined in the bk are nw in the past.”和“them, I culd never have finished this bk.”可知，此处是指没有书中提及的困难，姜淑梅写不出这本书。withut“没有”。故填Withut。
137．句意：到目前为止，这位老妇人已经出版了六本书，总长度超过60万字。根据“S far,”可知，本句是现在完成时(have/has dne)，主语是单数，助动词用has；publish的过去分词为published。故填has published。
138．句意：我很享受写作的过程。enjy neself表示“尽情享受，过得愉快”；此处需用myself与主语I保持一致。故填myself。
139．句意：她过着健康的生活，每天锻炼，饮食均衡。“exercising every day”和“eating a balanced diet.”并列，需用连词and表示“和”。故填and。
140．句意：如果我能活到130岁，你还会说我60岁以后再开始太迟吗？it is adj fr sb t d sth“对某人来说做某事是……”，固定短语。故填t start。
（2024·山东滨州·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，用括号内所给词的适当形式填空，必要时可加助动词或情态动词。
The year 2024 celebrates the Chinese Year f the Dragn. It is respected as a 141 (luck) year, full f hpe fr all.
Chinese peple respect the dragn, and even see themselves as the descendants (后代) f the dragn. In Chinese culture, the dragn is a symbl f pwer and gd luck. Peple believe it cntrls the water and brings a gd harvest. S they 142 (admire) the dragn since ancient times. And peple wh are brn in the dragn year are thught t be cnfident and unafraid t take risks.
But hw did the dragn becme ne f the twelve 143 (animal) in the Chinese zdiac (生肖)? Accrding t the legend, there was a party, the rder f the zdiac animals wuld be decided by the rder in which they arrived. The dragn, althugh it had the ability 144 (fly), didn’t cme first because it stpped t make rain fr farmers n 145 (it) way. S, it was the 146 (five) ne t arrive.
T shw great respect twards the dragn, Dragn Dance 147 (start) by the Chinese during the Han Dynasty. Nw it has been spread all ver the wrld. The length f dragns can be 50 t 70 meters because peple believe that the 148 (lng) the dragn is, the mre luck it will bring. But a small grup 149 (nt run) a very lng dragn because it needs great human pwer, much mney, and special skills.
The dragn is nt just an animal in the Chinese zdiac, it’s als a pwerful symbl that is rted (根植) 150 (deep) in Chinese histry and custms.
【答案】
141．lucky 142．have admired 143．animals 144．t fly 145．its 146．fifth 147．was started 148．lnger 149．can’t run 150．deeply
【导语】本文是一篇说明文，介绍了龙如何成为十二生肖之一的典故以及龙在中国文化中的重要地位和意义。
141．句意：它被认为是幸运的一年，对所有人都充满希望。luck“运气”，名词。此处应用形容词lucky“幸运的”，作定语修饰名词year。故填lucky。
142．句意：所以他们自古以来就崇拜龙。admire“尊敬”，动词。根据“since ancient times”可知，时态是现在完成时，主语是人称复数，助动词用have。故填have admired。
143．句意：但是龙是如何成为中国十二生肖中的十二种动物之一的呢？animal“动物”，可数名词，被twelve修饰，用其复数形式。故填animals。
144．句意：虽然龙有飞行的能力，但它并没有排在第一位，因为它在途中停下来为农民降雨。fly“飞”，动词。此处用动词不定式作后置定语修饰名词ability ，指飞行的能力。故填t fly。
145．句意：虽然龙有飞行的能力，但它并没有排在第一位，因为它在途中停下来为农民降雨。it“它”，人称代词。此处应用其形容词性物主代词its，作定语修饰名词way。故填its。
146．句意：所以，它是第五个到达的。five“五”，基数词。此处指龙第五个到达，表顺序，应用序数词fifth。故填fifth。
147．句意：为了表示对龙的高度尊重，中国人在汉代开始了舞龙运动。start“开始”，动词。由“by”可知，此处是被动语态。结合“during the Han Dynasty”可知，时态是一般过去时，故此处是一般过去时的被动语态，主语是第三人称单数，be动词用was。故填was started。
148．句意：龙的长度可以是50到70米，因为人们相信龙越长，它会带来更多的好运。lng“长的”，形容词。此处是“the+比较级, the+比较级”，意为“越……，就越……”，故用其比较级。故填lnger。
149．句意：但一小群人无法驾驭一条很长的龙，因为它需要大量的人力、大量的资金和特殊的技能。run“使运转”，动词。根据常识可知，几个人无法舞动一条巨长的龙。结合“needs”可知，时态是一般现在时，故用情态动词can’t表“不能”，动词run用原形。故填can’t run。
150．句意：龙不仅是中国十二生肖中的一种动物，也是深深植根于中国历史和习俗的强大象征。deep“深的”，形容词。此处应用其副词deeply“深深地”，修饰动词。故填deeply。
（2024·青海·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个恰当的单词或用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空。
Wu Muliang is a phtgrapher frm a village. He is 151 kind by. He takes 152 (pht) fr ld peple in his village. Wu Muliang is very yung, but he helps his neighbrs by 153 (take) pictures.
Wu’s grandparents tk care 154 him when he was a little by, but they culdn’t see each ther ften after he 155 (start) schl. Wu’s grandpa died years ag. But there was n picture f him fr the family t remember him with. This made Wu and his family very sad. Wu knew that many ld peple in 156 (he) village didn’t have pictures either. They didn’t have phnes with cameras like us, s Wu wanted 157 (help) them take pictures.
Wu tk pictures f his grandma 158 ther ld peple in the village. Sme f them were nt very ld, but they wanted pictures t remember themselves when they were yunger.
Wu learned that it’s 159 (imprtance) t spend time with family frm his experience. He will help mre ld peple in his village and ther places t. He wuld like t see them smiling 160 (happy) when they lk at their pictures.
【答案】
151．a 152．phts 153．taking 154．f 155．started 156．his 157．t help 158．and 159．imprtant 160．happily
【导语】本文主要介绍吴木良帮自己的奶奶以及全村一共十多位老人拍照这件事。
151．句意：他是一个善良的男孩。此处泛指一个男孩，“kind”首字母发辅音音素，故填a。
152．句意：他为村里的老人拍照。take phts“拍照”，故填phts。
153．句意：吴木良很年轻，但他帮助他的邻居拍照。by是介词，其后加动名词作宾语，故填taking。
154．句意：吴的祖父母在他还是个小男孩的时候就照顾他，但在他上学后，他们就不能经常见面了。take care f“照顾”，固定短语，故填f。
155．句意：吴的祖父母在他还是个小男孩的时候就照顾他，但在他上学后，他们就不能经常见面了。本句时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填started。
156．句意：吴知道他村里的许多老人也没有照片。此处作定语修饰village，用形容词性物主代词his，故填his。
157．句意：他们没有像我们这样带摄像头的手机，所以吴想帮他们拍照。want t d sth“想要做某事”，故填t help。
158．句意：吴给他的奶奶和村里的其他老人拍了照片。前后两句构成并列关系，用and连接，故填and。
159．句意：吴从他的经历中学到，花时间和家人在一起很重要。此处在句中作表语，用其形容词形式，故填imprtant。
160．句意：他希望看到他们在看照片时开心地微笑。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词happily，故填happily。
（2024·吉林长春·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Westwd Natinal Park is a very huge natinal park. It is well-knwn 161 its fascinating scenes and many kinds f animals, especially bears. It is ne f my favrite 162 (place) t take phts.
I will never frget that afternn. Birds flew ver the 163 (peace) lake. The muntains 164 (cver) with white snw. With the camera held t my eye, I was recrding the amazing picture. All f a sudden, I fund tw baby bears far away running after each ther 165 (happy). Smetimes they stpped t lk arund; smetimes ne rubbed (蹭) against the ther’s back. They had a lt f fun playing in 166 sun. At that mment, I cmpletely lst myself in the sweet envirnment. Hw I wished that time culd stand still! I really hped 167 (catch) the warm scene with my camera and I did it. After a while, I 168 (hear) a lud rar (吼叫) frm the mther bear. The tw baby bears std up quickly 169 ran back t the frest. I was s lucky that I culd take such a picture.
The pht always reminds 170 (I) that the real beauty is “nature” in nature.
【答案】
fr 162．places 163．peaceful 164．were cvered 165．happily
166．the 167．t catch 168．heard 169．and 170．me
【导语】本文作者介绍自己在韦斯特伍德国家公园拍照的经历。
161．句意：它以其迷人的景色和多种动物，尤其是熊而闻名。此处是be well-knwn fr“以……而闻名”，故填fr。
162．句意：这是我最喜欢拍照的地方之一。ne f后用名词复数形式，故填places。
163．句意：鸟儿飞过宁静的湖面。此处用形容词作定语修饰lake，故填peaceful。
164．句意：山上覆盖着皑皑白雪。本句主语是动作的承受者，时态是一般过去时，所以用一般过去时的被动语态，主语是复数，故填were cvered。
165．句意：突然，我发现两个熊宝宝在远处快乐地追逐着对方。此处用副词修饰动词短语，故填happily。
166．句意：它们在阳光下玩得很开心。in the sun“在阳光下”，固定短语，故填the。
167．句意：我真的希望用我的相机捕捉到温暖的场景，我做到了。hpe t d sth“希望做某事”，故填t catch。
168．句意：过了一会儿，我听到熊妈妈的一声大吼。本句时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填heard。
169．句意：两只熊宝宝迅速站起来，跑回森林。前后动作构成并列关系，用and连接，故填and。
170．句意：这张照片总是提醒我，真正的美是大自然中的“自然”。此处在动词后作宾语，用宾格，故填me。
（2024·山东东营·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，用括号内所给动词的适当形式填空 (必要时可加情态动词或助动词)。
While I was ging thrugh the frest. I fell n the grund. Ouch! That hurt. Then a vice said, “Are yu l right? Yu 171 badly ________ (nt hurt), are yu?”
I lked up and saw a by f my age. “N, I’m OK, Thanks.” He helped me up.
“I haven’t seen yu at schl. D yu live near here?” I asked.
“N. I’m frm Manchester,” with these wrds, the by hurried away.
Back hme, Mum 172 (watch) the news.
“Hi, Grace 173 yu ________ (hear) abut this by, Mark?” she asked.
“N. What by?” I said.
“A by frm Manchester. He’s run away frm hme. Lk! This is his dad.”
There was a man n TV sitting next t a pliceman. He was crying. Then they shwed a pht f the missing by. It was the by in the frest!
“Shuld I tell mum? N. I 174 (nt say) anything. I have t talk t Mark first.” I said t myself.
The next day, I fund Mark in the frest. I said, “Yur dad was n TV last night. The plice 175 (lk) fr yu.”
He lked shcked and asked, “Have yu tld them?”
“N.” I said, “I wanted 176 (talk) t yu first. Why have yu run away?”
He said sadly. “I argued with my dad. My mum died fur years ag. Recently, my dad met a wman named Mel. Mel wants my dad fr herself and isn’t interested in me. That night, Father 177 (tell) me that we wuld all mve t Lndn because Mel’s frm Lndn. But my grandpa and my friends 178 (be) in Manchester. I dn’t want t mve there. We bth gt angry. S I left in the midnight.”
I felt srry fr Mark. But when I thught f his dad crying n TV. I am srry fr him t. “What 179 yu ________ (d)?” I asked.
“I dn’t knw.” he replied.
“Why nt live with yur grandpa in Manchester? Let yur dad and Mel 180 (mve) t Lndn and visit them in the hlidays.”
Mark didn’t answer fr a while. then he ndded and smiled. “Can I use yur phne? I need t call my dad.”
【答案】
171．aren’t；hurt 172．was watching 173．Have；heard 174．mustn’t say 175．are lking 176．t talk 177．tld 178．are 179．are；ging t d 180．mve
【导语】本文主要介绍了作者在森林中遇到了Mark，他因为与父亲争吵而离家出走，Mark的父亲在电视上寻找他，作者在得知后决定先和Mark谈谈，最后，作者给了Mark一些建议。
171．句意：你没有受重伤，是吗？根据“are yu”可知陈述部分用be动词are，和nt缩写成aren’t，作表语用形容词hurt“受伤的”。故填aren’t；hurt。
172．句意：妈妈在看新闻。根据“Back hme”可知回到家的时候，妈妈正在看新闻，用过去进行时，主语是Mum，be动词用was。故填was watching。
173．句意：你听说过这个男孩吗？此处表示过去的动作对现在的影响，用现在完成时，主语是yu，助动词用have，变疑问句时，把助动词have放主语之前，动词用过去分词heard。故填have；heard。
174．句意：我什么都不能说。根据“I have t talk t Mark first.”可知要先找Mark谈谈，所以什么都不能说，mustn’t“不能，禁止”，情态动词后加动词原形。故填mustn’t say。
175．句意：警察正在找你。根据“The yu”可知此处强调警察正在寻找，直接引语中用现在进行时，此处主语the plice指代复数，be动词用are。故填are lking。
176．句意：我想先和你谈谈。want t d sth.“想要做某事”。故填t talk。
177．句意：那天晚上，爸爸告诉我，我们都要搬到伦敦，因为梅尔来自伦敦。根据“That night”可知句子用过去时，动词用过去式tld“告诉”。故填tld。
178．句意：但我爷爷和我的朋友都在曼彻斯特。此处描述客观事实，用一般现在时，主语是复数，be动词用are。故填are。
179．句意：你打算怎么办？根据“”可知此处询问他打算怎么办，直接引语中用一般将来时be ging t d，主语是yu，be动词用are，变疑问句时把be动词are放主语之前。故填are；ging t d。
180．句意：让你爸爸和梅尔搬到伦敦。let sb. d sth.“让某人做某事”。故填mve。
（2024·内蒙古包头·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Students in the French cities f Paris and Lyn recently gt the chance t take part in traditinal Chinese cultural and sprts events hsted by East China Nrmal University.
The events were held frm Thursday 181 Mnday. On Thursday, students frm five French middle schls 182 (experience) calligraphy (书法) and seal carving (篆刻) under the instructin f prfessrs and students frm China. It was 183 first time that they were prvided in thse French schls.
Trystn Beck, a 12-year-ld middle schl student frm Lyn, was 184 (satisfy) with his wrk in carving the Chinese character (文字) zhng, r middle. “The teachers frm China tld me 185 it meant. It was a very cl and fun experience,” he said.
A friendly badmintn match was held n Sunday between a team f students led by Wang Yihan, wh came 186 (tw) at the Lndn 2012 Olympic Games, and student athletes frm Lyn.
“The match allwed Chinese and French yuths 187 (imprve) their cmpetitive skills, friendship, and sw the seeds fr future cperatin between the tw sides,” said by a French fficer.
T shw Chinese kung fu and tai chi, teachers and students frm the university als went t three schls in Lyn. Sme lcal peple had chances t experience it themselves.
“The mvements in tai chi may be practiced very 188 (slw), but they are very 189 (create) and artistic,” anther French fficer said. “It’s a lvely beginning. I believe such activities will help mre French 190 (teenager) imprve their understanding f Chinese culture,” he said.
【答案】
t 182．experienced 183．the 184．satisfied 185．what
186．secnd 187．t imprve 188．slwly 189．creative 190．teenagers
【导语】本文是一篇新闻类阅读，文章介绍了法国巴黎和里昂的学生参加了由华东师范大学主办的中国传统文化和体育活动。该活动帮助法国青少年提高了对中国文化的了解。
181．句意：活动从周四持续到周一。frm…t…“从……到……”。故填t。
182．句意：周四，来自法国五所中学的学生在来自中国的教授和学生的指导下体验了书法和篆刻。experience“体验，经验”，名词/动词。事情发生在过去，时态是一般过去时，谓语动词用其过去式。故填experienced。
183．句意：这是这些法国学校第一次提供这些课程。序数词first前加定冠词the，the first time“第一次”。故填the。
184．句意：来自里昂的12岁中学生Trystn Beck对自己雕刻的“中”字很满意。be satisfied with“对……满意”，形容词短语。故填satisfied。
185．句意：来自中国的老师告诉我这是什么意思。分析句子可知，tld后接宾语从句。从句中缺少宾语，指“中”字是什么意思，故用what引导宾语从句。故填what。
186．句意：上周日，一场羽毛球友谊赛在2012年伦敦奥运会亚军王仪涵率领的学生队和来自里昂的学生运动员之间举行。tw“二”，基数词。此处指第二名，应用序数词secnd“第二”。故填secnd。
187．句意：这场比赛让中法两国年轻人提高了竞技技能，增进了友谊，为双方未来的合作播下了种子。imprve“提高”，动词。allw sb. t d sth.“允许某人做某事”，不定式作宾补。故填t imprve。
188．句意：太极拳的动作可能练习得很慢，但它们非常有创造力和艺术性。slw“慢的”，形容词。此处应用副词slwly修饰动词practice。故填slwly。
189．句意：太极拳的动作可能练习得很慢，但它们非常有创造力和艺术性。create“创造”，动词。此处应用其形容词creative“有创造性的”作表语。故填creative。
190．句意：我相信这样的活动将帮助更多的法国青少年提高他们对中国文化的了解。teenager“青少年”，可数名词，被mre修饰，用其复数形式。故填teenagers。
（2024·山东临沂·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Hi Alice,
Hw are yu? I want t tell yu abut my trip t the city space museum tw days ag. I have never been there befre, s I was 191 (excite)! I was taking care f my little sister and she was bred s I said, “We are ging n an 192 (usual) experience!”
When we arrived, we started t explre (探索). The space museum is very large and full f interesting and exciting bjects 193 (tuch). The first rm yu enter lks like deep space. There is infrmatin abut different planets with a quiz (知识竞赛) at the end. The 194 (win) has a chance t invent a name fr a planet—that’s exciting, isn’t it? The 195 (tw) rm lks like the inside f a spaceship. Yu can tuch an astrnaut’s spacesuit (宇航服). It lks really heavy! I dn’t knw hw an astrnaut can wear it. It lks a little ld. I dn’t knw when it 196 (make), either. And yu can see where the astrnauts prepare their fd. Did yu knw they use a knife, frk and spn t eat? I didn’t. I thught it was all in bags.
We were lking at the ven frm the spaceship when my sister 197 (tell) me she was hungry. S we went t have a snack. They were preparing a pizza (比萨饼) in the restaurant and the smell f fd always makes me hungry s we had a piece f pizza! It was delicius. While we 198 (eat) a pizza, they were baking (烘焙) biscuits, s we ate sme. Dn’t wrry! We have bught sme 199 yu—yu will lve them! They lk like rckets and taste like hney!
After lunch, we explred mre f the museum 200 stayed fr the rest f the day. They were turning ff the lights when we left!
Have yu ever been t a museum? See yu sn!
Helen
【答案】
191．excited 192．unusual 193．t tuch 194．winner 195．secnd 196．was made 197．tld 198．were eating 199．fr 200．and
【导语】本文是一篇应用文，海伦向爱丽丝介绍了自己前两天去城市航天博物馆的经历。
191．句意：我以前从来没有去过那里，所以我很兴奋！excite“使兴奋”，动词。此处应用形容词excited“兴奋的”，作表语，修饰人。故填excited。
192．句意：我们要去经历一次不同寻常的经历！usual“通常的”，形容词。结合空前冠词an及文章内容可知，此处指一次不寻常的经历。unusual“不寻常的”，作定语修饰名词。故填unusual。
193．句意：太空博物馆非常大，充满了有趣和令人兴奋的可以触摸的物体。tuch“触摸”，动词。此处应用动词不定式作后置定语修饰名词bjects，指可以触摸的物体。故填t tuch。
194．句意：获胜者有机会为一颗行星发明一个名字——这很令人兴奋，不是吗？win“赢得”，动词。此处缺少主语，应用名词形式winner“获胜者”，结合“has”可知，用单数形式。故填winner。
195．句意：第二个房间看起来像宇宙飞船的内部。tw“二”，基数词。rm是单数，此处指第二个房间，应用序数词secnd表顺序。故填secnd。
196．句意：我也不知道它是什么时候制作的。make“制作”，动词。it指宇航服，与动词之间存在被动关系，且制作宇航服这件事发生在过去，应为一般过去时。主语it指第三人称单数，故用be动词was，make用其过去分词。故填was made。
197．句意：我们从宇宙飞船上看烤箱的时候，我妹妹告诉我她饿了。tell“告诉”，动词。此处是含when引导的时间状语从句的复合句，从句动作发生时，主句动作正在进行，指妹妹说她饿了的时候，我们正在……。主句是过去进行时，从句应为一般过去时，谓语动词用其过去式。故填tld。
198．句意：当我们吃披萨的时候，他们在烤饼干，所以我们吃了一些。eat“吃”，动词。此处是含while引导的时间状语从句的复合句，从句是过去进行时，结构是was/were ding，主语是复数，be动词用were。故填were eating。
199．句意：我们给你买了一些——你会喜欢的！此处是buy sth. fr sb.“给某人买某物”。故填fr。
200．句意：午饭后，我们探索了更多的博物馆，并在那里待了一天。“explred mre f the museum”和“stayed fr the rest f the day”之间是并列关系，用and连接。故填and。
（2024·广东深圳·中考真题）
Ole is a student frm Nrway at East China Nrmal Schl. He first visited China in 2016, and since then, he 201 (develp) a deep interest in traditinal Chinese culture. Recently, he and his team wn the Shanghai Internatinal Students Dragn Bat Race. It was the team’s 202 (six) win in a rw and his secnd time winning the first prize. “I 203 (intrduce) t the dragn bat racing in the spring f 2023. My teacher nticed my strng arms and encuraged me 204 (try) it,” said Ole. When he was asked the secret f his success, he replied, “There is n ‘I’, 205 nly ‘we’. My teammates are internatinal students cming 206 different cuntries. Befre we became the champins, we practiced rwing three times a week, trying t match the strkes with drumbeat.
At first, we weren’t very gd. We did nt knw 207 the prblem lay. Hwever, with cntinuus effrt, we learned that teamwrk is the key. Althugh we are culturally different, we are ne team in the race. Befre each race, the team wuld stand in 208 circle and cheer ludly. “Taking part in this sprt, we realized the 209 (imprtant) f cperatin. We trained hard, each strke bringing us a clser t understanding the traditin f Dragn Bat Festival,” said Ole 210 (prud).
【答案】
201．has develped 202．sixth 203．was intrduced 204．t try 205．but 206．frm 207．where 208．a 209．imprtance 210．prudly
【导语】本文主要讲述了留学生Ole参加中国的龙舟赛的经历。
201．句意：他于2016年首次来到中国，从那时起，他就对中国的传统文化产生了浓厚的兴趣。根据“since then”可知，句子应用现在完成时，主语为he，助动词用has。故填has develped。
202．句意：这是该队连续第六次获胜，也是他第二次获得冠军。根据“the team’s…win in a rw”可知，此处应用序数词表示顺序。故填sixth。
203．句意：2023年春天，我开始接触龙舟比赛。根据“in the spring f 2023”可知，句子应用一般过去时，主语I与动词intrduce存在被动关系，句子应用一般过去时的被动语态，be动词应用was。故填was intrduced。
204．句意：我的老师注意到我结实的双臂，鼓励我去尝试它。encurage sb t d sth“鼓励某人做某事”。故填t try。
205．句意：没有“我”，只有“我们”。空格前后存在转折关系，根据“n”可知用“n…but…”表示“不是……而是……”，因此用but连接。故填but。
206．句意：我的队员们都是来自不同国家的国际学生。cme frm“来自”。故填frm。
207．句意：我们不知道问题在哪里。knw后接宾语从句，从句中主谓为the prblem lay，缺少地点状语，因此用where引导该宾语从句。故填where。
208．句意：每次比赛前，整个团队会站成一个圆圈，大声地鼓劲。结合语境可知，此处表示泛指，circle为单数名词，且为辅音音素开头的单词，其前用不定冠词a表泛指。故填a。
209．句意：参加这项运动，我们意识到了合作的重要性。定冠词the后接名词。故填imprtance。
210．句意：Ole骄傲地说道：“参加这项运动，我们意识到了合作的重要性。我们刻苦训练，每一次划桨都让我们更加了解端午节的传统。”此处应用副词prudly修饰动词said。故填prudly。
（2024·山东烟台·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Mncakes are ne f the mst ppular fds during the Mid-Autumn Festival. But let’s be hnest: nt many f us really like t eat them, mainly 211 they are made in factries and ften several mnths ld by the time they 212 (buy). Nw here’s the thing: hmemade mncakes. They’re amazing, whether yu’re eating them 213 (yu) r giving them t yur friends as gifts. Yes, they require a lt f effrt, but they’re wrth it.
214 (prduce) mncakes, yu’ll need a mld (模具). Mlds are available in different sizes and depths. I usually use a traditinal large 215 (wd) mld. But a plastic mld in a similar size will d just line.
Befre cking, I prepare several kinds f ingredients (原料) and make them int balls separately. The key t 216 (make) prper mncakes is t gather each ball in layers (层). In my way, the middle ball is made f nut (坚果) pieces. The 217 (tw) layer is made f mashed red bean mixed with sugar, which is lastly cvered with a layer f pastry (油酥面团). It is then pressed int a mld and carefully taken ut int the ven.
It’s imprtant t fllw the cking 218 (instructin) carefully. T prevent breaking up, I first ck mncakes 219 a high temperature t set the pattern and shape. Then, I lwer the temperature and remve them 220 (regular) t brush the surface with egg wash.
Just lk at my mncakes! Nt bad. right?
【答案】
211．because 212．are bught 213．yurself 214．T prduce 215．wden 216．making 217．secnd 218．instructin 219．at 220．regularly
【导语】本文主要是作者介绍了制作月饼的方法。
211．句意：但说实话：我们中没有多少人真的喜欢吃它们，主要是因为它们是在工厂里制作的，通常在买的时候已经放了好几个月了。根据“they are made in factries and ften several mnths ld by the time they”可知，空格后是解释没有多少人喜欢月饼的原因，故填because。
212．句意：但说实话：我们中没有多少人真的喜欢吃它们，主要是因为它们是在工厂里制作的，通常在买的时候已经放了好几个月了。空格前they指代“月饼”，与动词buy之间是被动关系，此句是一般现在时，应填一般现在时被动语态，根据they可知，助动词用are，故填are bught。
213．句意：无论你是自己吃还是作为礼物送给朋友，它们都很神奇。当宾语与主语为同一人称时，宾语用反身代词，此处是“无论你自己吃”，故填yurself。
214．句意：制作月饼，你需要一个模具。根据“mncakes, yu’ll need a mld”可知，需要模具的目的是为了制作月饼，用动词不定式作目的状语，故填T prduce。
215．句意：我通常使用传统的大型木制模具。此空修饰名词mld，应填形容词wden“木制的”作定语，故填wden。
216．句意：制作月饼的关键是把每个圆都叠起来。t是介词，后接动名词，故填making。
217．句意：第二层是由红豆泥和糖混合而成，最后覆盖一层糕点。根据“The…layer”可知，此处指第二层，应填序数词表示顺序，故填secnd。
218．句意：认真按照烹饪说明去做很重要。instructin“说明”，可数名词，此空应填其复数形式，故填instructins。
219．句意：为了防止破裂，我首先在高温下做月饼，以确定图案和形状。at a high temperature“在高温下”，故填at。
220．句意：然后，我降低温度，定时取出它们，用蛋液刷表面。此空修饰动词remve，应填副词regularly“有规律地”，故填regularly。
（2024·贵州·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Lenard da Vinci began painting the Mna Lisa, ne f the mst famus paintings f all time, in 1503. He was wrking n a special painting fr a church at the time, but it was nt ging 221 (gd). The wman wh can be seen in the Mna Lisa is said t be Madnna Lisa del Gicnd. She was the wife f an Italian businessman. Her husband asked da Vinci 222 (paint) a prtrait (肖像) f her.
After da Vinci finished the painting in 1506, he was invited by the French King t visit France 223 he tk the painting with him. Tday the Mna Lisa is kept in the Luvre, an art museum in Paris, and it is seen by abut six millin 224 (visit) a year.
The painting measures (测量为) nly 77 centimeters by 53 centimeters and is painted 225 il n wd. In 1911, Vincenz Peruggia, a wrker at the Luvre, stle the painting. He tk it ut f the museum by hiding it under 226 (he) cat. Tw years later, plice fficers fund 227 painting when he tried t sell it.
In 1962, the Mna Lisa was 228 (take) t Washingtn and New Yrk fr artwrk shws. Fr the jurney, the museum 229 (want) t insure (给……投保) the painting. The insurance cmpany set the value f it at 100 millin dllars, making it the mst 230 (value) painting ever! Tday, the value f the painting wuld be ver 700 millin dllars.
【答案】
221．well 222．t paint 223．and 224．visitrs 225．with 226．his 227．the 228．taken 229．wanted 230．valuable
【导语】本文主要以达·芬奇所画的《蒙娜丽莎》为主线，讲述了《蒙娜丽莎》的创作原形，以及它出名后展览于卢浮宫，经历了被人盗走又寻回，直至变为现在最有价值的油画。
221．句意：当时他正在为一座教堂画一幅特别的画，但进展并不顺利。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词形式，故填well。
222．句意：她的丈夫请达·芬奇为她画一幅肖像。ask sb t d sth“请求某人做某事”，故填t paint。
223．句意：达芬奇在1506年完成这幅画后，应法国国王的邀请访问法国，并随身带着这幅画。前后两句构成并列关系，用and连接，故填and。
224．句意：今天，《蒙娜丽莎》被保存在巴黎的卢浮宫艺术博物馆，每年约有600万游客参观。根据“and it is seen by abut six year”可知，每年约有600万游客参观《蒙娜丽莎》visitr“游客”，“six millin”修饰可数名词复数，故填visitrs。
225．句意：这幅画的尺寸只有77厘米乘53厘米，是在木头上用油绘制的。根据“is n wd.”可知，用油绘制，with“用”符合语境，故填with。
226．句意：他把它藏在外套下面，把它带出了博物馆。此处作定语修饰cat，用形容词性物主代词his，故填his。
227．句意：两年后，当他试图卖掉这幅画时，警察发现了这幅画。此处特指这幅画，用定冠词the，故填the。
228．句意：1962年，《蒙娜丽莎》被带到华盛顿和纽约参加艺术展。根据“In 1962, the Mna Lisa Washingtn and New Yrk fr artwrk shws.”可知，《蒙娜丽莎》被带到华盛顿和纽约参加艺术展，此处与was构成被动语态，用动词过去分词taken，故填taken。
229．句意：为了这次旅行，博物馆想为这幅画投保。本句时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填wanted。
230．句意：保险公司将它的价值定为1亿美元，使它成为有史以来最有价值的画作！此处与“the mst...”构成形容词最高级，用valuable“有价值的”，故填valuable。
（2024·四川乐山·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填写1个适当的单词或括号内所给单词的正确形式。
I can still remember my primary schl hmewrk n animals. I decided 231 (write) abut the whale (鲸鱼). I have lved them frm a yung age.
I’m nt quite sure why I lve them. It might be smething abut 232 (they) shape. They have a smth shape, and their tails lk like a heart. They als mve s 233 (slw) and beautifully, like a tree dancing in the wind. This way, they seem very clever.
S, f curse, ne f my best memries 234 (be) when I gt t see a type f whale called the Suthern Right Whale in Argentina. Watching them mving smthly in the water, I felt 235 (happy) than ever. They were s beautiful!
And I’m nt the nly ne wh lves whales. Different peples acrss the wrld have a special place fr whales in their 236 (heart). Take the Mari peple in New Zealand as 237 example. Living by the cean, they see whales as guardians (守护者) f the cean and talk abut them a lt in their 238 (traditin) stries.
Why was I interested in whales like the Mari peple? 239 they need ur prtectin. That’s what my schl hmewrk was abut— animals we need t prtect. Whales play a big rle 240 the cean. S, prtecting whales means prtecting the whle cean.
【答案】
231．t write 232．their 233．slwly 234．was 235．happier 236．hearts 237．an 238．traditinal 239．Because 240．in
【导语】本文主要介绍了作者小学时写了关于鲸鱼的作业情况。
231．句意：我决定写有关鲸鱼的事情。decide t d sth“决定做某事”，为固定短语。故填t write。
232．句意：可能和它们的形状有关。空后是名词，应用形容词性物主代词their作定语。故填their。
233．句意：它们移动得又慢又美，就像一棵树在风中翩翩起舞。空处修饰动词，应用副词。故填slwly。
234．句意：所以，当然，我最美好的回忆之一是我在阿根廷看到了一种叫做南露脊鲸的鲸鱼。根据“gt”可知，本句是一般过去时，ne作主语，谓语动词用单数was。故填was。
235．句意：看着它们在水里平稳地移动，我感到前所未有的快乐。根据“than”可知，此处应用比较级。故填happier。
236．句意：世界上不同的民族在他们的心中对鲸鱼有着特殊的地位。根据“their”可知，名词应用复数。故填hearts。
237．句意：以新西兰的毛利人为例。此处表示泛指，example以元音音素开头，应用an。故填an。
238．句意：他们生活在海边，把鲸鱼视为海洋的守护者，在他们的传统故事中经常谈论鲸鱼。空处修饰名词stries，应用形容词traditinal“传统的”。故填traditinal。
239．句意：因为它们需要我们的保护。根据前句“Why...”可知，应用because回答原因。故填Because。
240．句意：鲸鱼在海洋中扮演着重要的角色。play a rle in“扮演……角色”。故填in。
(2023中考真题）
（2023·青海·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个恰当的单词或用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空。
【答案】
elephants 2．the 3．was 4．Why 5．hurt
6．thinking 7．at 8．quickly 9．wear 10．angry
【导语】本文向我们介绍亚洲象的相关内容，并告诉我们遇到大象应该怎么做。
1．句意：今年2月，有一个关于云南亚洲象的视频，两头大象在争夺食物。tw修饰可数名词复数，故填elephants。
2．句意：到2022年底，野生亚洲象的数量超过了300头。by the end f...“到……为止”，故填the。
3．句意：到2022年底，野生亚洲象的数量超过了300头。本句主语中心词是“the number f”，强调整体数量，时态是一般过去时，故填was。
4．句意：他们为什么这样做呢？根据“Because they needed mre space and fd.”可知，此处在回答原因，用Why提问，故填Why。
5．句意：有时，大象会受到惊吓，伤害人类。根据“were”可知，时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，hurt的过去式还是hurt。故填hurt。
6．句意：因此，当地政府正在考虑一些聪明的方法来与这些可爱但淘气的动物相处。根据“S the lcal gvernment sme smart ways t get alng with the cute but naughty animals.”可知，动作正在发生，时态是现在进行时，动词用现在分词形式，故填thinking。
7．句意：如果你看到一些大象，要离它们至少300米远。根据“If yu see sme elephants, 300 meters away frm them.”可知，此处是at least短语，意为“至少”，故填at。
8．句意：还有，你应该尽快离开这个地方。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词形式，故填quickly。
9．句意：如果你在有大象的地方，不要穿颜色鲜艳的衣服。助动词dn’t后用动词原形，故填wear。
10．句意：这样的衣服会让大象生气。make...+adj“使……”，故填angry。
（2023·山东济南·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Last March I lst my camera while I was n a schl trip. I left it n the bus n the way back t 11 (we) schl. I called the bus cmpany the next day 12 (check) if they culd find it, but it wasn’t there. My parents gt really angry and tld me they culdn’t buy me a new ne.
I 13 (knw) they were right, s I decided I wuld get ne by myself. I started thinking f ways t make and save mney. My parents 14 (usual) give me £8 every week, s the first thing I did was t keep the mney 15 the small bx n the bkcase.
I als ffered t help my uncle Alan. He’s ften away fr wrk, but he can’t 16 (take) his dg with him. I started t lk after his dg when he wasn’t at hme. After sme time, my uncle’s neighbrs saw me. They asked me if I culd help with their cats, dgs and rabbits, t. S, I started wrking fr three 17 (family) living acrss the street.
In less than three mnths I had enugh mney t buy a new camera. It was the same as the ne I had lst, but t me it was much 18 (nice). I paid fr it with 19 mney I made and it felt very different. This experience teaches me what it means t wrk hard and I 20 (learn) that yu must be careful with the things yu have, because they take a lt f hard wrk.
【答案】
ur 12．t check 13．knew 14．usually 15．in
16．take 17．families 18．nicer 19．the 20．have learned/have learnt/learn
【导语】本文是一篇记叙文，作者讲述自己赚钱购买新相机的经历。
11．句意：我把它落在回学校的公交车上了。此处作定语修饰“schl”，所以用形容词性物主代词，故填ur。
12．句意：第二天，我打电话给公共汽车公司，问他们是否能找到它，但它不在那里。此处在句中表示目的，用动词不定式形式，故填t check。
13．句意：我知道他们是对的，所以我决定自己买一个。本句时态是一般过去时，所以动词用过去式。故填knew。
14．句意：我的父母通常每周给我8英镑，所以我做的第一件事就是把钱放在书架上的小盒子里。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词usually，故填usually。
15．句意：我的父母通常每周给我8英镑，所以我做的第一件事就是把钱放在书架上的小盒子里。in the bx“在盒子里”，故填in。
16．句意：他经常出差，但他不能带着他的狗。情态动词“can’t”后用动词原形，故填take。
17．句意：于是，我开始为住在街对面的三户人家打工。three修饰可数名词复数，故填families。
18．句意：它和我失去的那个一模一样，但对我来说要好得多。much修饰比较级，强调比较含义，故填nicer。
19．句意：我用自己赚的钱买了它，感觉很不一样。此处特指自己赚的钱，故填the。
20．句意：这段经历教会了我努力工作的意义，我学会了你必须小心对待你拥有的东西，因为它们需要付出很多努力。根据“This experience teaches me what it means t wrk hard and yu must be careful with the things yu have”可知，本句可用现在完成时强调动作已经发生，或用一般现在时强调现在，主语是I，助动词是have，动词用原形。故填have learned/have learnt/learn。
（2023·山东东营·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，用括号内所给动词的适当形式填空 (必要时可加情态动词或助动词)。
“Alex! Jen! It’s time fr dinner!” Mm called.
“Mm! We 21 (make) a treehuse! Wait a minute!” Alex shuted.
At dinner, Dad said, “We have smething t tell yu. Our neighbr, Mr Mrris, came t ur huse 22 (talk) t us tday. He wants us t cut dwn ur tree because the leaves fall int his yard. Then he has t clean them.”
“N! That’s ur favrite tree. I 23 (lve) it ever since I was just a little baby!” Jen cried.
“Yeah, and the tree is ld and beautiful. It helps keep ur air clean. It als 24 (give) us shade (树荫) frm the sun,” Alex said.
Everybdy had special memries f the tree. They all shared their favrite nes.
“One f my favrite memries is hw excited yu were when the leaves began t fall,” said Mm. “We 25 (jump) int the huge piles (堆) f clrful leaves every autumn,” said Alex. Jen ndded.
“I remember the time we had a picnic fr the whle neighbrhd,” said Dad. “It was s nice.”
“It’s brught us all s many great memries. Smething must be dne.” Mm said.
“Yes,” said Jen. “We 26 (save) ur tree!”
After dinner the whle family discussed what t d.
“I have a gd idea!” said Alex. “I can make a chart shwing him when leaves fall. And we can prmise him that we 27 (help) clean the leaves in the future!”
Everyne agreed. The next day, the whle family went t visit Mr Mrris. At that time, he 28 (clean) the yard.
“Mr Mrris, this tree is very special t ur family. If we ffer t help clean its leaves, wuld yu cnsider 29 (keep) it?” Dad said.
Alex handed Mr Mrris his chart. Mr Mrris was quiet fr a mment. Then he said, “I guess if the tree is that imprtant t yu all, and I can get sme help with cleaning, the tree can stay.”
The tree 30 (save)! Everyne in the neighbrhd, even Mr Mrris, came t celebrate.
【答案】
are making 22．t talk 23．have lved 24．gives 25．jumped
26．must save 27．will help 28．was cleaning 29．keeping 30．was saved
【导语】本文主要讲述了邻居来抱怨作者家里的大树上的落叶让邻居很苦恼，所以建议要砍掉这棵大树。家人们在回忆了这棵大树带来的好处之后，决定要保留这棵大树。于是去跟邻居商量，帮忙打扫他家院子里的落叶，最终邻居同意了。
21．句意：我们正在做一个树屋。根据“Wait a minute”可知，正在做树屋，所以说等一会，用现在进行时表示正在进行的动作，主语we是复数形式，助动词用are，故填are making。
22．句意：我们的邻居莫里斯先生今天来我们家和我们谈话。根据“came t ur huse… t us”可知，来家里的目的是谈话，所以用动词不定式作目的状语，故填t talk。
23．句意：从我还是个小婴儿的时候我就喜欢它了！该句是“since+一般过去时”的从句，主句用现在完成时结构“have/has dne”，主语I是第一人称，助动词用have，故填have lved。
24．句意：它也给我们遮阳。根据前一句的“helps”可知，此句用一般现在时，主语It是第三人称单数形式，动词用三单，故填gives。
25．句意：每年秋天，我们都会跳进一大堆五颜六色的树叶中。根据“were”以及“began”可知，此句是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填jumped。
26．句意：我们必须要保留我们的树！根据前文的描述可知，家里的每一位成员都发表了这棵大树给自己留下的美好的回忆，所以这里是说必须要把这棵树保留下来，must“必须”，后接动词原形，故填must save。
27．句意：我们可以向他保证，以后我们会帮助清理树叶！根据“in the future”可知，此处用一般将来时will d的结构，故填will help。
28．句意：那时，他正在打扫院子。根据“At that time”可知，此处用过去进行时“was/were ding”的结构，主语he是第三人称单数形式，助动词用was，故填was cleaning。
29．句意：如果我们愿意帮忙清理它的叶子，你会考虑留下它吗？cnsider ding sth“考虑做某事”，动名词作宾语，故填keeping。
30．句意：这棵树被保留下来了！主语“The tree”与动词save之间是被动关系，结合后一句“came”可知，此处用一般过去时被动语态“was/were dne”，主语是单数形式，助动词用was，故填was saved。
（2023·江苏徐州·中考真题）
用括号中所给单词的正确形式填空，使短文完整、通顺。
Frederic Chpin （1810-1849）was a great cmpser and an excellent pianist. He cmpsed twenty-fur shrt 31 (piece) fr the pian called preludes. The lngest ne, Prelude n.15, is better 32 (knw) by its nickname, the “Raindrp” Prelude. Hw did it get its nickname?
One day in 1838, when Chpin’s lver Gerge Sand went ut in a rainstrm, Chpin became wrried. While he 33 (wait) fr Sand, he wrte Prelude n.15.
When Sand came back, Chpin played 34 (she) the music. Sand thught the ntes sunded like raindrps. She let Chpin 35 (listen) t the raindrps falling n the rf. This made Chpin 36 (happy). He insisted that he never paid attentin t thse sunds r 37 (cpy) them.
Hwever, like Sand, many peple hear raindrps in this prelude. Sme ntes repeating thrughut the piece sund like raindrps. The flw f the music is like rain, t. The piece starts 38 (sft), but it gets luder, like rain getting 39 (heavy). Then the music gets quiet and finally 40 (end), like rain when it stps.
【答案】
pieces 32．knwn 33．was waiting 34．her 35．listen
36．unhappy 37．cpied 38．sftly 39．heavier 40．ends
【导语】本文介绍了肖邦创作《雨滴前奏曲》的经历及《雨滴前奏曲》的特点。
31．句意：他为钢琴创作了二十四首名为前奏曲的短曲。piece“一首”，可数名词，被twenty-fur修饰，用其复数形式。故填pieces。
32．句意：最长的一首，《第15号前奏曲》，更为人所知的是它的昵称，《“雨滴”前奏曲》。knw“知道”，动词，此处指它的昵称被人们所知道，应为被动语态，结构是be dne，knw用其过去分词。故填knwn。
33．句意：在等待Sand的时候，他写了《第十五号前奏曲》。wait“等待”，动词。此处是含while引导的时间状语从句的复合句，主句动作发生时，从句动作正在进行，且事情发生在过去，故从句应为过去进行时，主语是第三人称单数，应用be动词was。故填was waiting。
34．句意：Sand回来后，肖邦为她演奏了乐曲。she“她”，代词主格。played是动词，其后应接代词宾格her作宾语。故填her。
35．句意：她让肖邦倾听雨点落在屋顶上的声音。listen“听”，动词。let sb. d sth.“让某人做某事”，空格处应为动词原形。故填listen。
36．句意：这让肖邦很不高兴。happy“开心的”，形容词。根据“He insisted that he never paid attentin t thse sunds…”可知，肖邦的钢琴曲与雨滴声极为相似，肖邦以为Sand认为自己的曲子模仿了雨滴声，所以很不高兴。unhappy“不高兴的”，作宾补。故填unhappy。
37．句意：他坚持说他从来没有注意过这些声音，也没有模仿过它们。cpy“模仿”，动词。根据“He insisted that he never paid attentin t…”可知，主句是过去时，从句也应为过去时，故cpy用其过去式。故填cpied。
38．句意：乐曲开始时很轻柔，但声音越来越大，就像雨越来越大。sft“柔软的”，形容词。此处应用副词sftly，修饰动词starts。故填sftly。
39．句意：乐曲开始时很轻柔，但声音越来越大，就像雨越来越大。heavy“重的”，形容词，作表语。根据“but it gets luder, like rain getting…”可知，钢琴曲的声音变大，就像雨声越来越大一样，故应用比较级。故填heavier。
40．句意：然后音乐安静下来，最后结束了，就像雨停了一样。end“结束”，动词。此处描述客观事实，应为一般现在时，主语是不可数名词，谓语动词用其单三形式。故填ends。
（2023·湖北恩施·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内所给单词的正确形式（不超过3词）。
The Duanwu Festival is als called the Dragn Bat Festival. It is a traditinal hliday with a histry f mre than 2,000 years in China. It is n the 41 (five) day f lunar May every year.
There are many 42 (stry) abut the rigin (起源) f this festival. Amng them, the fllwing ne abut Qu Yuan is the mst 43 (wide) accepted.
Qu Yuan was 44 great pet and gd fficial. He lved his cuntry deeply. He 45 (jump) int Milu River after his cuntry’s being defeated. Peple threw a kind f fd named zngzi int the river t feed the fish in rder that they wuldn’t eat Qu’s bdy.
Nw n the Dragn Bat Festival, Chinese peple enjy a ne-day hliday 46 (remember) Qu Yuan. Peple have different activities, including 47 (eat) zngzi and having dragn bat races and s n. The dragn bat races are the mst 48 (excite) part f the festival. All the teams practice s hard 49 they can becme the winners.
Many western cuntries 50 (hld) dragn bat races every year, like Sweden, Canada and the USA．The Duanwu Festival is becming mre and mre ppular arund the wrld.
【答案】
fifth 42．stries 43．widely 44．a 45．jumped
46．t remember 47．eating 48．exciting 49．that 50．hld
【导语】本文是一篇说明文，介绍了端午节的由来及传统习俗。
41．句意：它在每年的农历五月初五。five“五”，基数词，此处表日期，应用其序数词fifth。故填fifth。
42．句意：关于这个节日的起源有很多故事。stry“故事”，可数名词，被many修饰，用其复数形式。故填stries。
43．句意：其中，以下关于屈原的说法是最被广泛接受的。wide“宽的”，形容词，此处应用其副词widely“广泛地”，修饰动词accept。故填widely。
44．句意：屈原是一位伟大的诗人和优秀的官员。此处泛指一位伟大的诗人，且great以辅音音素开头，其前应加不定冠词a。故填a。
45．句意：他的国家战败后，他跳进汨罗江。jump“跳”，动词。事情发生在过去，应为一般过去时，谓语动词用其过去式。故填jumped。
46．句意：现在端午节，中国人享受一天的假期来纪念屈原。remember“记得”，动词。人们端午节放一天假的目的是为了纪念屈原，应用不定式表目的。故填t remember。
47．句意：人们有不同的活动，包括吃粽子和赛龙舟等等。eat“吃”，动词。including是介词，其后应用动名词作宾语。故填eating。
48．句意：赛龙舟是这个节日中最令人兴奋的部分。excite“使兴奋”，动词。此处修饰龙舟赛，应用形容词exciting“令人兴奋的”作表语。故填exciting。
49．句意：所有的球队都努力训练，他们可以成为胜利者。本句是句式s…that…，意为“如此……以至于……”。故填that。
50．句意：许多西方国家每年都举办龙舟赛，如瑞典、加拿大和美国。hld“举办”，动词。根据“every year”可知，本句是一般现在时，主语是复数，谓语动词用其原形。故填hld。
（2023·江苏宿迁·统考中考真题）
根据短文内容，用括号内所给词的正确时态或形式填空，使短文完整。
Deng Qingming is ne f the three Chinese astrnauts carrying ut China’s Shenzhu-15 spaceship missin. He 51 (final) gt the chance t g t space after nearly 25 years f preparatin.
Deng was brn in a village in Jiangxi Prvince in 1966. As his 52 (parent) bth wrked in the fields, he had t lk after his yunger brthers and sisters. At that time, his dream was t g t cllege and find a jb 53 (supprt) his family.
Deng 54 (be) a member f the PLA Air Frce (空军) since 1984. When he left his village that year, his friends came t say gdbye t him. He was deeply tuched and decided t wrk hard. Years f hard 55 (train) made him an excellent pilt, and he was chsen as ne f the 56 (ne) grup f Chinese astrnauts in 1998.
Fr a lng time, Deng served as a backup (后备) astrnaut. His rad t space was 57 (lng) than that f his teammates. He spent almst all f his time preparing and waiting and he 58 (give) the chance t travel t space in the end.
Besides that, Deng’s wife supprted him a lt. She 59 (take) care f the whle family and never cmplained. “Yu’ve set an example t 60 (we) daughter and we are prud f yu,” she tld him.
After a lng wait, he flew int space by Shenzhu-15 spaceship in Nvember 2022 at last. Twenty-five years was quite a lng time, but Deng never gave up. Whenever the natin needs him, he is always waiting there, ready t take n any challenge.
【答案】
finally 52．parents 53．t supprt 54．has been 55．training
56．first 57．lnger 58．was given 59．tk 60．ur
【导语】句意：本文主要介绍了宇航员邓清明的经历。
51．句意：经过近25年的准备，他终于有机会进入太空。此处用副词修饰动词，final的副词形式finally，意为“最终”。故填finally。
52．句意：由于他的父母都在地里干活，他不得不照顾弟弟妹妹。根据“bth”可知此处用复数形式parents。故填parents。
53．句意：那时，他的梦想是上大学，找份工作养家。养家是找工作的目的，用动词不定式作目的状语。故填t supprt。
54．句意：邓自1984年以来一直是中国人民解放军空军的一员。根据“since 1984”可知用现在完成时，区域“Deng”后接助动词has，be的过去分词形式been。故填has been。
55．句意：多年的艰苦训练使他成为一名优秀的飞行员，并于1998年被选为中国首批宇航员之一。hard是形容词，其后接名词，train的名词形式training，意为“训练”，不可数名词。故填training。
56．句意：多年的艰苦训练使他成为一名优秀的飞行员，并于1998年被选为中国首批宇航员之一。定冠词the后接ne的序数词形式first，意为“第一”。故填first。
57．句意：他的太空之路比他的队友要长。than前用形容词比较级lnger表示“更长的”。故填lnger。
58．句意：他几乎把所有的时间都花在准备和等待上，最终他得到了去太空旅行的机会。主语“he”与动词give之间是动宾关系，结合“spent”可知用一般过去时的被动语态，其结构为was/were dne，主语he后用be动词was，give的过去分词given。故填was given。
59．句意：她照顾全家，从不抱怨。根据“cmplained”可知用一般过去时，take的过去式tk。故填tk。
60．句意：“你为我们的女儿树立了榜样，我们为你感到骄傲，”她告诉他。daughter前用we的形容词性物主代词ur表示“我们的”。故填ur。
（2023·浙江衢州·统考中考真题）
阅读下面材料，按照句子结构的语法情况和上下文连贯的要求，在空白处填入适当的词或用括号中所给单词的正确形式填空。每空不超过两词。
Mr. Smith is ur schl gardener. He is 61 ld man with a head f white hair. He wrks hard 62 (make) ur schl green and lively. N matter in the winter cld r in the summer heat, he is never late 63 wrk. He ges t wrk early in the mrning and nly leaves in the evening.
Every day, he 64 (wear) a grey hat and a pair f blue trusers. He cleans the leaves in the garden three 65 (time) a day. He als plants trees and waters flwers. When he is wrking, he is very serius. He even gets angry when we try t talk t 66 (he). He is always quiet during his wrking time.
67 , he becmes a different persn after finishing all the wrk. He will talk t us abut his family and friends 68 (happy). He always puts a smile n ur faces, just like ur dear grandfather.
Mr. Smith makes ur schl 69 (beautiful) than befre and we are glad t have such a schl gardener. He 70 (lve) by everyne in ur schl.
【答案】
an 62．t make 63．fr 64．wears 65．times
66．him 67．Hwever 68．happily 69．mre beautiful 70．is lved
【导语】本文主要介绍了作者学校的园丁——史密斯先生。
61．句意：他是个白发苍苍的老人。此处表示泛指，且ld是以元音音素开头的，故填an。
62．句意：他努力工作，使我们的学校绿色和生气勃勃。“努力工作”的目的是为了“让学校变得好看”，所以用动词不定式作目的状语，故填t make。
63．句意：无论冬天寒冷还是夏天炎热，他上班从不迟到。be late fr“迟到”，固定搭配，故填fr。
64．句意：每天，他戴着一顶灰色的帽子和穿着一条蓝色的裤子。根据“Every day”可知，此句是一般现在时，主语he是第三人称单数形式，动词用三单，故填wears。
65．句意：他一天三次清理花园里的树叶。three times a day“一天三次”，表示频率，故填times。
66．句意：当我们试图和他说话时，他甚至会生气。介词t后接宾格him，故填him。
67．句意：然而，在完成所有的工作后，他变成了一个不同的人。“he becmes a different persn after finishing all the wrk”与前文是转折关系，此空后有逗号，应填副词hwever表示“然而”，故填Hwever。
68．句意：他会愉快地和我们谈论他的家人和朋友。此空修饰动词talk，应填副词happily“开心地”，故填happily。
69．句意：史密斯先生使我们的学校比以前更美丽，我们很高兴有这样的学校园丁。make sth+形容词，表示“使某物……”，根据than可知，此空应填形容词比较级，故填mre beautiful。
70．句意：他受到我们学校每个人的喜爱。根据by everyne可知，此处用被动语态，陈述事实用一般现在时，故此处应用一般现在时被动语态，主语he是第三人称单数形式，助动词用is，故填is lved。
（2023·吉林长春·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Zhang Yi is a Chinese reprter in Singapre. In 2022, a wman with grey hair living nearby visited him. The wman intrduced 71 (she) as Sarah. She asked if Zhang culd help lk fr her pen pal 72 was frm China.
Duan Chun was Sarah’s first Chinese pen pal. They wrte a lt f letters and shared the clrful schl lives sixty-ne years ag. All the letters 73 (keep) by Sarah. They were full 74 her sweet memries. Hwever, Sarah hadn’t received any letters frm Duan fr many years. It seemed impssible t find a persn after such a lng time, 75 Zhang prmised t d his best. He psted sme f Duan’s black-and-white 76 (pht) and their stries n the Internet. T his jy, many 77 (lve) strangers jined him in searching fr Duan. Althugh they went thrugh lts f truble, they never stpped trying. A few mnths 78 (late), the tw pen pals finally began t cmmunicate with each ther again. They were s excited that they decided 79 (meet) in China. Sarah prepared a gift fr Duan t celebrate her 80 (seventy-five) birthday.
It was with the help f s many caring peple and high technlgy that the crss-cuntry friendship was able t cntinue.
【答案】
herself 72．wh 73．were kept 74．f 75．but
76．phts 77．lvely 78．later 79．t meet 80．seventy-fifth/75th
【导语】本文主要讲莎拉让记者张怡帮忙寻找失联多年的笔友段春的故事。
71．句意：那个女人自我介绍叫莎拉。intrduce neself as“自我介绍叫”，she的反身代词herself，意为“她自己”。故填herself。
72．句意：她问张是否可以帮她寻找来自中国的笔友。根据“her pen pal ... was frm China”可知此处是定语从句，先行词her pen pal指人，且在从句中作主语，用wh引导定语从句。故填wh。
73．句意：所有的信都由莎拉保存着。主语“All the letters”与keep之间是动宾关系，陈述过去事实，用一般过去时的被动语态，主语是复数，be动词用were，keep的过去分词kept。故填were kept。
74．句意：它们充满了她甜蜜的回忆。be full f“充满”。故填f。
75．句意：经过这么长时间，似乎不可能找到一个人，但张答应尽力而为。前后句意出现转折，用but表转折。故填but。
76．句意：他在网上发布了段的一些黑白照片和他们的故事。根据“sme f”可知此处用可数名词复数phts。故填phts。
77．句意：令他高兴的是，许多可爱的陌生人和他一起寻找段。根据“strangers”可知用lve的形容词lvely表示“可爱的”，形容词作定语。故填lvely。
78．句意：几个月后，这两个笔友终于又开始联系了。a few mnths later“几个月后”。故填later。
79．句意：她们非常兴奋，决定在中国见面。decide t d sth.“决定做某事”。故填t meet。
80．句意：莎拉为段准备了一份礼物来庆祝她75岁的生日。根据“her ... birthday”可知用序数词表顺序，seventy-five的序数词seventy-fifth或75th。故填seventy-fifth/75th。
（2023·山东潍坊·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空，必要时可加助动词。
“I suddenly understd,” Valeria said, “why Mari wanted t buy the farm. He and Pagani were busy 81 (wrk) tgether during this perid, I’m sure. They must have burned the farm dwn, Rbert. They culd have killed yu!”
“I can’t believe it,” Rbert said. “My wn uncle wuldn’t d that. It’s 82 (pssible).”
“But it must be true, Rbert,” Valeria said. “It’s the nly explanatin.”
In the evening, Inspectr (警官) Pavne telephned and asked t speak t Rbert. “S far yur uncle 83 (tell) us everything. He burned yur farm dwn t make yu 84 (sell) it. Pagani knew that land prices wuld g up when a big cmpany mved t the twn. Then he and yur uncle made a prject 85 (build) shps and huses n yur land s that they culd sell them fr a prfit. They wuld have becme terribly wealthy!”
Rbert culd nt speak. His wn uncle had lied t him and almst killed him.
“Yur uncle and Pagani are bth criminals (罪犯),” the inspectr said. “Yur uncle is a flish and greedy man. He gt himself int sme 86 (danger) business. They must pay fr their 87 (act).”
Rbert held the telephne 88 (quiet) with eyes full f tears.
The inspectr was right. Mari and Pagani 89 (put) int prisn sn. Rbert did nt feel happy, sad r angry abut them. He was t 90 (disappint) t feel anything.
Sme mnths passed. Rbert began t think abut the future.
【答案】
wrking 82．impssible 83．has tld 84．sell 85．t build
86．dangerus 87．actin/actins 88．quietly 89．were put 90．disappinted
【导语】本文主要讲述了Rbert无法相信自己的叔叔为了赚钱而把Rbert的农场烧了，他的叔叔和朋友因此被关进了监狱，Rbert感到非常失望。
81．句意：我敢肯定，这段时间他和帕加尼在一起很忙。be busy ding sth“忙于做某事”，动名词作宾语，故填wrking。
82．句意：那是不可能的。is后接形容词作表语，根据“I can’t believe it”及“My wn uncle wuldn’t d that”可知，认为无法相信发生这样的事情，认为这是不可能的，故填impssible。
83．句意：到目前为止，你叔叔什么都告诉我们了。根据S far可知，此处用现在完成时，主语是单数形式，助动词用has，故填has tld。
84．句意：他烧了你的农场，要你把它卖掉。make sb d sth“使某人做某事”，此空应填动词原形，故填sell。
85．句意：然后他和你叔叔做了一个计划，在你的土地上建造商店和房子，这样他们就可以卖掉它们来赚钱。根据“made a prject…shps and huses n yur land”可知，此空应填动词不定式作定语修饰名词prject，故填t build。
86．句意：他做了一件危险的事。此空修饰名词business，应填形容词dangerus“危险的”，故填dangerus。
87．句意：他们必须为自己的行为付出代价。actin“行为”，此空可以填单数形式，也可以填复数形式，故填actin(s)。
88．句意：罗伯托默默地拿着电话，眼里噙满了泪水。此空修饰动词held，应填副词quietly“静静地”，故填quietly。
89．句意：马里奥和帕加尼很快就被关进了监狱。主语与动词put之间是被动关系，and连接并列主语看作复数形式，描述过去发生的事情，助动词用were，故填were put。
90．句意：他太失望了，什么也感觉不到。was后接形容词作表语，修饰人用以ed为结尾的形容词，故填disappinted。
（2023·湖南常德·统考中考真题）
One evening, a clever man, Hajia went t get sme water. T his surprise, 91 he lked int the well, he fund the mn in it. “Oh, my gd! The beautiful mn 92 (drp) int the well!” He quickly put his bucket (水桶) int the well t fish fr the mn.
After sme time, Hajia was pleased 93 (find) that the mn was in the bucket. He began t pull. He pulled s hard that the rpe n the bucket 94 (break) and he fell n his back. Facing the sky, Hajia saw the mn again high there. “Aha, 95 finally came back t the sky! What a gd jb!” He felt very happy and tld everyne abut the wnderment prudly.
【答案】91．when 92．has drpped 93．t find 94．brke 95．it
【导语】本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了一个“聪明人”用木桶捞井里的“月亮”的故事。
91．句意：令他惊讶的是，当他往井里看的时候，他发现了里面的月亮。根据“…he lked int the well, he fund the mn in it”可知，当他往井里看时，发现井里的月亮，故用when“当……时”引导时间状语从句。故填when。
92．句意：美丽的月亮掉到井里了！drp“掉”，动词。分析句子可知，月亮已经掉到井里了，所以他会发现月亮在井里，过去的动作对现在产生了影响，应为现在完成时，主语mn是第三人称单数，故用助动词has。故填has drpped。
93．句意：过了一段时间，郝佳很高兴地发现月亮在桶里。find“发现”，动词。be pleased t d sth.“高兴做某事”，故用动词不定式。故填t find。
94．句意：他用力拉得水桶上的绳子都断了，他仰面摔倒了。break“打破，断裂”，动词。根据“fell”可知，此处是一般过去时，谓语动词用其过去式。故填brke。
95．句意：啊哈，它终于回到了天空！此处指井里的月亮又回到了空中，故用人称代词it指代mn。故填it。
（2023·四川德阳·统考中考真题）
Zhang Peng is a ten-year-ld by. He has a brther and a sister. They ften fight with each ther fr many 96 (reasn). Thse fights influence his daily life. Hwever, he desn’t knw 97 t d. Li Yng is Zhang Peng’s friend. He has tw brthers and they never fight. They always have smiles n 98 (they) faces.
One day Zhang Peng asked Li Yng why he and his brthers culd get n well with each ther. Li Yng smiled and 99 (invite) Zhang Peng t his hme. As they entered the huse, Li Yng’s elder brther saw them and said, “Hi, cme and share sme ice-cream 100 me.” At the same time, Li Yng’s 101 (yung) brther came ut f his rm. When he saw them, he lked very happy and said 102 (excited), “Hi, Li Yng, I have a stry 103 (tell) yu. It’s interesting!”
Hw happy Li Yng’s family life is! After 104 (think) fr a while, Zhang Peng understands that Li Yng’s secret f having 105 gd relatinship with his family is t share. They share all their fd and stries.
【答案】
reasns 97．what 98．their 99．invited 100．with
101．yunger 102．excitedly 103．t tell 104．thinking 105．a
【导语】本文讲述了张鹏和兄弟姐妹之间的关系不好，但是他的朋友李勇和兄弟之间的关系很好，张鹏去了李勇家做客，明白了李勇和兄弟之间相处得好的秘诀是——分享。
96．句意：由于许多原因，他们经常互相打架。many后接复数名词，故填reasns。
97．句意：但是，他不知道该怎么办。根据“Thse fights influence his daily life. Hwever, he desn’t d.”可知，他不知道该怎么办，此处是“疑问词+不定式”的结构，空处作d的宾语，应用what，故填what。
98．句意：他们脸上总是挂着微笑。根据“They always have smiles ”可知，空处修饰其后的名词，应用形容词性物主代词，故填their。
99．句意：李勇微笑着邀请张鹏到家里做客。and连接的两部分形式要保持一致，结合“smiled”可知，此处的动词也用过去式，故填invited。
100．句意：嗨，来和我一起吃冰淇淋。根据“cme and share sme ice-”可知，此处是短语share sth with sb“和某人分享某物”，故填with。
101．句意：与此同时，李勇弟弟从他的房间里出来了。根据“He has tw brthers”可知，此处指的是“弟弟”，英语表达为yunger brther，故填yunger。
102．句意：当他看到他们时，他看起来很高兴，兴奋地说：“嗨，李勇，我有一个故事要告诉你。很有趣！”空处修饰动词，应用副词形式，故填excitedly。
103．句意：我有一个故事要告诉你。空处作定语，应用不定式形式，故填t tell。
104．句意：想了想，张鹏明白了李咏和家人搞好关系的秘诀就是分享。after是介词，后接动名词ding形式，故填thinking。
105．句意：张鹏明白了李勇和家人搞好关系的秘诀就是分享。此处表示泛指“一段良好的关系”，应用不定冠词修饰，gd是辅音音素开头的单词，应用a修饰，故填a。
（2023·辽宁沈阳·统考中考真题）
阅读短文，然后用短文括号中所给词的适当形式填空。
In China, peple ften talk abut “Shuxiang”, especially during the Spring Festival. Images (形象) f the 12 Chinese “Shuxiang” animals are fun fr everyne. The rabbit is in the 106 (fur) place.
The rabbit is a symbl (象征) f kindness and a lve f beauty in Chinese culture. Peple brn in the Year f Rabbit are usually 107 (peace) and quick-minded. Althugh they are smetimes shy, they have a strng mind and will try their best 108 (make) their dreams cme true. It is said that rabbit peple are much 109 (wise) than ther peple and lve taking part in artistic activities.
2023 is a “rabbit year”. Rabbits becme mre ppular. Yu can see 110 (they) acrss the wrld. As a cultural image, the rabbit has been in different frms f art, including 111 (stamp), clurful lights and s n. Thrugh the rabbit, peple frm ther cuntries can get a clser lk int Chinese culture. In January, 2023, an exhibitin (展览) abut rabbits 112 (hld) in the US.
【答案】
furth 107．peaceful 108．t make
109．wiser 110．them 111．stamps 112．was held
【导语】本文主要讲述了兔子在中国文化中的含义。
106．句意：兔子在第四名。根据the可知，此空应填序数词表示顺序，故填furth。
107．句意：兔年出生的人通常都很平和，思维敏捷。此空与quick-minded构成并列关系，所以此空应填形容词peaceful“平和的”，故填peaceful。
108．句意：虽然他们有时会害羞，但他们有一个坚强的头脑，会尽他们最大的努力使他们的梦想成真。try ne’s best t d sth“尽某人最大努力去做某事”，此空应填动词不定式，故填t make。
109．句意：据说兔子人比其他人聪明，喜欢参加艺术活动。根据than可知，此空应填比较级，故填wiser。
110．句意：你可以在世界各地看到它们。see是动词，后接人称代词宾格作宾语，them是宾格，故填them。
111．句意：作为一种文化形象，兔子已经出现在不同的艺术形式中，包括邮票、彩灯等。此空与clurful lights构成并列关系，所以此空应填复数形式，故填stamps。
112．句意：2023年1月，美国举办了一个关于兔子的展览。主语an exhibitin与动词hld之间是被动关系，结合“In January, 2023”可知，此处用一般过去时被动语态，主语是单数形式，助动词用was，故填was held。
（2023·黑龙江大庆·统考中考真题）
Fill in each blank with a prper frm f the wrd given r a prper wrd.
Nv. 29th, 2022—China’s 113 (traditin) tea-making was added t the intangible cultural heritage list (非物质文化遗产名录) f the UNESCO.
Tea has 114 histry f mre than 2000 years in China. In ancient times, peple called tea by many different names. It 115 (say) that the Chinese character “cha” fr tea is finally decided by Lu Yu. .
Since the Tang Dynasty (朝代), Chinese tea has left a big influence 116 ther cuntries. After the 18th century. Chinese tea was 117 (successful) intrduced t many cuntries, such as India and Sri Lanka. Nw a great number f peple enjy 118 (drink) tea. Besides, they are greatly interested in 119 (it) histry and culture.
China is actually the nly cuntry 120 can prduce all six types f tea—green, yellw, dark, white, lng and black. There are mre than 2000 tea prducts. Chinese tea culture 121 (include) the Chinese way f dealing with the wrld. In tea, we find peace, art, and 122 (plite). It has been an imprtant part f Chinese culture.
【答案】
113．traditinal 114．a 115．is said 116．n/upn 117．successfully 118．drinking 119．its 120．that 121．includes 122．pliteness
【导语】本文主要介绍了茶的悠久历史以及茶文化。
113．句意：2022年11月29日—中国传统泡茶被列入联合国教科文组织非物质文化遗产名录。此空修饰名词tea-making，应填形容词作定语，traditinal“传统的”，故填traditinal。
114．句意：茶在中国已有2000多年的历史。have a histry f“有……的历史”，固定搭配，故填a。
115．句意：据说，汉字“茶”是鲁豫最后决定的。It is said that“据说”，固定句式，故填is said。
116．句意：自唐朝以来，中国茶就对其他国家产生了很大的影响。leave a big influence n/upn表示“对……产生了很大的影响”，固定搭配，故填n/upn。
117．句意：中国茶被成功地介绍到许多国家，如印度和斯里兰卡。此空修饰动词intrduced，应填副词successfully“成功地”，故填successfully。
118．句意：现在很多人喜欢喝茶。enjy ding sth“喜欢做某事”，动名词作宾语，故填drinking。
119．句意：此外，他们对它的历史和文化很感兴趣。此空修饰名词histry和culture，应填形容词性物主代词its，故填its。
120．句意：中国实际上是唯一一个可以生产所有六种茶的国家——绿茶、黄茶、黑茶、白茶、乌龙茶和红茶。分析句子结构可知，此处是定语从句，先行词有the nly修饰，关系词用that，故填that。
121．句意：中国茶文化包含了中国对待世界的方式。此句是一般现在时，主语是不可数名词，动词用三单，故填includes。
122．句意：在茶中，我们找到了平静、艺术和礼貌。此空与peace，art构成并列关系，作动词find的宾语，所以此空应填名词，故填pliteness。
（2023·江苏泰州·中考真题）
阅读下面的短文，在空白处填入适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。有提示词的空格不限一词，无提示词的空格限填一词。
Students at a university in Anhui Prvince will prbably nt receive their diplmas (毕业文凭) if they fail a fitness test. The test has running, standing lng jump and sme ther sprts 123 (activity). This rule has caused ht discussin. Accrding t the plan, the new rule 124 (cme) int frce sn. And if students fail t pass the fitness tests, they wn’t get their diplmas.
Hwever, it is nt a ne-time test like gaka. Students wh fail the tests 125 graduatin will be given anther chance. He can take the test fr a 126 (tw) time. And if they fail again, they will have t take the test even after graduatin.
D yu think it is 127 nly university ding s? N! If students want t enter Tsinghua University, they als have t be able t swim. Or they will prepare t learn swimming. And they must pass a swimming test after schl begins.
Tsinghua University will ask the students 128 (learn) swimming and will rganize a swimming test fr all new students in September. If students fail t swim as lng as at least 50 metres, they will have t take the swimming curse thrughut their studies. And f curse, students are als reminded t learn and practise swimming 129 (safe). They will be able t swim by the time they graduate, 130 the university wn’t give them diplmas.
University students 131 (encurage) t d mre exercise after class. But sme just stay in the classrm all day lng. Few students take exercise even if they are free. They need t d sme exercise t keep 132 (they) healthy. Swimming is als a survival skill. It des n harm t peple at all and is the crrect sprt fr students. Any student wh wants t enter Tsinghua University, remember, swimming is yur necessary skill.
【答案】
123．activities 124．will cme 125．f 126．secnd 127．the 128．t learn 129．safely 130．r 131．are encuraged 132．themselves
【导语】本文介绍安徽的一所大学将对学生进行体育测试的规定，如果学生测试不及格，将无法获得毕业证。
123．句意：考试有跑步、立定跳远等体育活动。sme ther修饰可数名词复数，故填activities。
124．句意：按照计划，新规定将很快生效。根据“sn”可知，此处使用一般将来时，故填will cme。
125．句意：没有通过毕业考试的学生将会得到另一次机会。根据“Students wh fail the will be given anther chance.”可知，此处表示毕业测试，所属关系用f，故填f。
126．句意：他可以参加第二次考试。此处作定语修饰time，用序数词形式，故填secnd。
127．句意：你认为这是唯一一所这样做的大学吗？the nly“唯一的”，故填the。
128．句意：清华大学将要求学生学习游泳，并将于9月份为所有新生组织一次游泳测试。ask sb t d sth“要求某人做某事”，故填t learn。
129．句意：当然，学生们也被提醒要安全地学习和练习游泳。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词形式，故填safely。
130．句意：他们毕业的时候会游泳，否则大学不会给他们颁发文凭。根据“They will be able t swim by the time they graduate, university wn’t give them diplmas.”可知，必须学会游泳，否则学校不给毕业证，r“否则”符合语境，故填r。
131．句意：鼓励大学生在课后多做运动。本句主语是动作的承受者，时态是一般现在时，所以用一般现在时的被动语态。故填are encuraged。
132．句意：他们需要做一些运动来保持健康。本句主语是They，所以是保持“他们自己”的健康，用反身代词形式，故填themselves。
（2023·贵州·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在各题空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Each year, billins f punds f garbage end up in the ceans. Smetimes peple thrw away water 133 (bttle) r ther plastic. They d nt recycle their garbage. Peple may nt knw that wind 134 rain can mve garbage frm land t sea. Plastic takes a very lng time t break dwn. It can remain in the ceans 135 hundreds f years. Plastic pieces are very 136 (danger) t sea animals.
One grup, Washed Ashre, came up with a new idea 137 (tell) peple abut the prblems in the ceans. First, they take the garbage frm 138 beach. Then, they clean and srt it. 139 (final), they wrk with the plastic pieces t make huge wrks f art. The artwrk is mstly f sea creatures (生物).
Washed Ashre has 140 (create) mre than seventy f these wrks f art. Sme f 141 (they) are nw traveling in a shw all ver the wrld. Each piece shws the effects f trash.
In ne shw, peple learn hw plastic fls fish and ther sea animals. They think the plastic 142 (be) fd, eat it, and get very sick r even die.
This wuld nt happen if peple used less plastic and did nt litter. The plastic wuld nt end up in the cean.
【答案】
133．bttles 134．and 135．fr 136．dangerus 137．t tell 138．a 139．Finally 140．created 141．them 142．is
【导语】本文介绍海洋垃圾的问题，呼吁人们少用塑料，不乱扔垃圾。
133．句意：有时人们会扔掉水瓶或其他塑料制品。此处表示复数含义，使用名词复数形式，故填bttles。
134．句意：人们可能不知道，风和雨可以把垃圾从陆地带到海洋。wind和rain构成并列关系，用and连接，故填and。
135．句意：它可以在海洋中存留数百年。“hundreds f years”是时间段，此处表示持续多长时间，故填fr。
136．句意：塑料碎片对海洋动物非常危险。此处在句中作表语，用形容词形式，故填dangerus。
137．句意：一个名为“冲上岸”的组织提出了一个新想法，向人们讲述海洋中的问题。此处在句中表示目的，用动词不定式形式，故填t tell。
138．句意：首先，他们从海滩上捡垃圾。此处泛指一个海滩，beach首字母发辅音音素，故填a。
139．句意：最后，他们用塑料片制作出巨大的艺术品。此处在句中修饰整个句子，用副词finally，句首需大写首字母。故填Finally。
140．句意：“冲上岸”已经创作了70多件这样的艺术作品。时态是现在完成时，动词用过去分词形式，故填created。
141．句意：他们中的一些人现在正在世界各地进行展览。介词后用宾格作宾语，故填them。
142．句意：他们认为塑料是食物，吃了它，就会生病甚至死亡。本句时态是一般现在时，主语是不可数名词，故填is。
（2023·山东日照·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式（每空不多于三个单词）。
When I was 20 years ld, I had a big dream in my mind. I wanted 143 （travel）arund Africa with my backpack. S I left my hmetwn with cnfidence （信心）and arrived 144 Cape Twn, nt really sure what t d next. 145 （lucky）, befre my trip started, I met a kind, ld Nigerian man. He gave me the 146 （gd） travel advice I had ever received: “Be like a student n yur way arund the wrld.”
The advice sunded simple, but 147 really changed my idea abut traveling. He helped me realize that travel is abut 148 （learn）cultures. It’s far t easy t g int 149 new cuntry and believe yur ways are better.
“But if yu study, ask questins, 150 try t learn frm the lcals, yu will have far richer experience,” he prmised.
After seven 151 （mnth）f full backpacking in Africa frm Cape Twn t Cair, I realized having a student-like mind helped me learn a lt, which 152 （satisfy）me mre than any ther trip that ever did t me.
【答案】
143．t travel 144．in 145．Luckily 146．best 147．it 148．learning 149．a 150．and 151．mnths 152．satisfied
【导语】本文介绍了作者以一个学生的心态环游非洲的经历。
143．句意：我想背着背包环游非洲。want t d sth“想要做某事”，为固定短语，故填t travel。
144．句意：于是我满怀信心地离开了家乡，来到了开普敦，不知道下一步该做什么。arrive in“到达”，是固定短语，后加大地点，故填in。
145．句意：幸运的是，在我的旅行开始之前，我遇到了一位善良的尼日利亚老人。lucky是形容词，此处是修饰整个句子，应用副词形式。故填Luckily。
146．句意：他给了我最好的旅行建议：“像一个学生一样环游世界。”gd“好的”，根据“I had ever received”可知此处应用形容词最高级，故填best。
147．句意：这个建议听起来很简单，但它确实改变了我对旅行的看法。此空代指advice，是不可数名词，应用it，故填it。
148．句意：他帮助我认识到旅行是学习文化的。abut是介词，后加动名词作宾语，故填learning。
149．句意：进入一个新的国家，很容易就会相信自己的方式更好。此处泛指一个新国家，应用不定冠词，new以辅音音素开头，应用a，故填a。
150．句意：“但如果你学习，多问问题，并试着向当地人学习，你会有更丰富的经验，”他保证说。前后是并列关系，应用and连接，故填and。
151．句意：在非洲从开普敦到开罗的七个月的背包旅行中，我意识到有一颗学生的心帮助我学到了很多东西，这比我以往任何一次旅行都更让我满意。mnth是可数名词，位于seven后，应用复数名词，故填mnths。
152．句意：在非洲从开普敦到开罗的七个月的背包旅行中，我意识到有一颗学生的心帮助我学到了很多东西，这比我以往任何一次旅行都更让我满意。satisfy“使满意”，动词，根据前后句可知，本句是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填satisfied。
（2023·黑龙江牡丹江·统考中考真题）
Fill in the blanks with the grammatical knwledge accrding t the passage.
D yu knw any custms n New Year’s Day in ther cuntries?
In the UK, they have 153 interesting custm. Accrding t the custm, the family will have gd luck in the new year if a tall, dark and handsme man is the 154 (ne) persn t enter the frnt dr after the new year arrives. Usually the 155 (visit) carries a piece f cal, a laf (面包) and a bttle f Whiskey (威士忌酒). He shuld nt speak t 156 (smene) r be spken t until he finishes several things. These things include placing the cal n the fire, putting the laf n the table, 157 (serve) the drink t the family head and 158 (final) wishing everyne a “Happy New Year” . He shuld leave the huse thrugh the back dr t cmplete the traditin perfectly.
159 France, befre the arrival f the New Year, the family always get tgether and drink up all the liqur (酒) at hme. They think that if there is still liqur in the huse, there 160 (be) bad luck in the new year.
And in sme 161 (area) in India, peple d nt celebrate the New Year, but cry. D yu knw why? It is said that they cry 162 time ges quickly and life is s shrt.
These custms are really interesting, aren’t they?
【答案】
an 154．first 155．visitr 156．anyne 157．serving 158．finally
159．In 160．will be 161．areas 162．because
【导语】本文讲述了其他国家迎新年的习俗。
153．句意：在英国，他们有一个有趣的习俗。根据“interesting custm”可知，此处泛指一个有趣的习俗，interesting为元音音素开头的单词，用冠词an。故填an。
154．句意：根据习俗，如果一个高大、黝黑、英俊的男人是第一个新年到来后进入前门，这个家庭在新的一年里会有好运。根据“the…persn”可知，此处指第一个人，ne对应序数词first“第一个”。故填first。
155．句意：通常游客会带一块煤、一条面包和一瓶威士忌。根据“carries a piece f cal”和“He”可知，此处为名词，visitr“游客”，且为单数。故填visitr。
156．句意：在他做完几件事之前，不应该和任何人说话。根据“ He shuld nt speak t …”可知，否定句用anyne，表示“任何人”。故填anyne。
157．句意：这些事情包括把煤放在火上，把面包放在桌子上，给户主端上饮料，最后祝大家“新年快乐”。根据“putting the laf n the table”可知，空格处为动名词短语作主语。故填serving。
158．句意：这些事情包括把煤放在火上，把面包放在桌子上，给户主端上饮料，最后祝大家“新年快乐”。根据“wishing everyne a…”可知，此处为副词finally作时间状语。故finally。
159．句意：在法国，在新年到来之前，一家人总是聚在一起，把家里所有的酒都喝光。根据“France”可知，此处表示在法国，较大地点前用in。故填In。
160．句意：他们认为，如果房子里还有酒，那么新的一年就会倒霉。根据“bad luck in the new year”可知，此处为一般将来时will+动词。故填will be。
161．句意：在印度的一些地区，人们不庆祝新年，而是哭泣。根据“sme”可知，空格处为可数名词复数areas。故填areas。
162．句意：据说他们哭是因为时间过得很快，生命过得很短。根据“It is said that they cry … time ges quickly and life is s shrt.”可知，空格前后为前果后因，用because“因为”。故填because。
（2023·四川内江·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Zhang Daqian was brn n May 10, 1899, in Neijiang, Sichuan. He was ne f the mst famus Chinese 163 （artist）f the 20th century.
At a yung age, he 164 （encurage）by his family t paint. In 1917, he went t Japan 165 （learn）painting. Tw years later, he went t Shanghai t receive 166 （traditin）painting instructin frm tw famus Chinese painters. 167 the help f them, Zhang had the chance t study sme ancient paintings.
Zhang went t the nrth in the late 1920s. He 168 （begin）t wrk with a Beijing painter, Pu Xinyu. Zhang and Pu were s well-knwn 169 they were hnred as “Suth Zhang and Nrth Pu”. It shwed their high status（地位）in painting.
In 1940, Zhang Daqian went t the caves（窟）f Mga and Yulin. He and his grup wrked hard day and night there. 170 （final）, they studied ver 200 paintings. After this experience, his painting skills were much 171 （gd）than befre. His painting, created in 1978, was sld at 172 very gd price in 2021.
【答案】
163．artists 164．was encuraged 165．t learn 166．traditinal 167．With 168．began 169．that 170．Finally 171．better 172．a
【导语】本文主要介绍了著名画家张大千的成名经历。
163．句意：他是20世纪最著名的中国艺术家之一。ne f the+形容词最高级+复数名词，表示“最……之一”。故填artists。
164．句意：在他很小的时候，他的家人就鼓励他画画。根据“by his family”可知，此处用被动语态结构，主语he是第三人称单数形式，助动词用was，故填was encuraged。
165．句意：1917年，他去日本学习绘画。去日本的目的是为了学习绘画，用动词不定式表目的，故填t learn。
166．句意：两年后，他到上海接受两位中国著名画家的传统绘画指导。此空修饰名词painting，应填形容词traditinal表示“传统的”，故填traditinal。
167．句意：在他们的帮助下，张有机会研究一些古代绘画。with the help f“在……的帮助下”，固定搭配，故填With。
168．句意：他开始和北京画家溥心畬一起工作。整段用的都是一般过去时，所以此句也用一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填began。
169．句意：张、溥是如此的知名，他们被誉为“南张北溥”。s…that“如此……以至于”，引导结果状语从句，故填that。
170．句意：最后，他们研究了200多幅画。此空位于句首，且空格后有逗号隔开，应填副词作状语，故填Finally。
171．句意：这次经历后，他的绘画技巧比以前好多了。根据than可知，此空应填比较级，故填better。
172．句意：1978年创作的这幅画在2021年以非常好的价格售出。at a gd price“以一个非常好的价格”，故填a。
（2023·山东临沂·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
It was early spring, and there was a light fg(雾) ver the trees and fields. I and the ther yung hrses 173 (eat) at the lwer end f the field when we heard the cry f dgs far away. The 174 (ld) amng us lifted his head t listen. “There are the dgs!” he said, and ran away at nce. We fllwed him t the tp 175 the field.
My mther and anther ld hrse were standing near. “They have fund a hare(野兔),” said my mther, “and if they cme this way, we 176 (see) the hunt(打猎).”
Sn the dgs were all running dwn the field next t urs, making alud “y-y-y” sund at the tp f their vices. After then came men n hrses as fast as they culd. Suddenly, the dgs became 177 (silence) and ran arund with their nses t the grund.
“They 178 (lse) the smell f the hare already,” said the ld hrse. “Perhaps she will run away.”
But the dgs began their “y-y-y” again and came at full speed twards ur field. Just then a hare, wild with fear, ran twards the trees. The dgs jumped ver a small river and ran acrss the field. Six r eight huntsmen(猎人) jumped their hrses ver 179 small river, clse behind the dgs. Befre the hare culd get away, the dgs were upn her with wild cries.
We heard a terrible cry, and that was the end f the hare. She 180 (pick) up by ne f the men. She was cvered in bld, but all the huntsmen seemed pleased.
I was 181 surprised that at first I didn’t see what was happening by the river. Later I saw a sad sight(景象)—tw hrses were dwn and the riders were hurt.
My mther said, “I can’t understand why men like this sprt s much. They quite ften hurt 182 (they) and gd hrses.”
【答案】
173．were eating 174．ldest 175．f 176．shall see 177．silent 178．have lst 179．the 180．was picked 181．s 182．themselves
【导语】本文节选自《黑骏马》，讲述了猎人们带狗打猎的故事。
173．句意：我和其他小马正在田野的尽头吃东西，突然听到远处传来狗的叫声。根据“when we heard the cry f dgs far away.”可知，此处是when引导的时间状语从句，从句是一般过去时，主句表示过去正在进行的动作，用过去进行时，主语是复数，be动词用were，故填were eating。
174．句意：我们当中年纪最大的那位抬起头来听。根据“amng us”可知，三者以上的比较应用最高级，故填ldest。
175．句意：我们跟着他来到了田顶。此处是固定搭配the tp f“……的顶部”，故填f。
176．句意：如果他们从这边来，我们就能看到狩猎了。if引导的条件状语从句，主句用一般将来时，因为主语是第一人称we，我们可以使用“shall+动词原形”，故填shall see。
177．句意：突然，狗安静了下来，把鼻子贴在地上跑来跑去。became是系动词，后加形容词silent作表语，故填silent。
178．句意：他们已经闻不到野兔的气味了。根据“already”可知，句子时态是现在完成时，主语是they，助动词用have，故填have lst。
179．句意：六个或八个猎人跳上他们的马越过小河，紧跟在狗的后面。根据“jumped their hrses river,”可知，是指越过小河，应用定冠词the表示特指，故填the。
180．句意：她被其中一个男人带走了。主语She代指兔子，和动词之间是被动关系，结合前句可知，应用一般过去时的被动语态，主语是单数，be动词用was，故填was picked。
181．句意：我很惊讶，起初我没有看到河边发生了什么事。此处是“”结构，意为“如此……以至于……”，引导结果状语从句，故填s。
182．句意：他们经常伤害自己和好马。句子主语是they，此处宾语和主语人称一致，应用反身代词themselves，故填themselves。
（2023·山东威海·统考中考真题）
用括号里所给动词的适当形式填空。请将答案填写在答题卡指定位置。
I went t a restaurant fr lunch with my Granddad yesterday, and when the starters came, I gt ut my phne and began t take sme phts f them. My Granddad was very surprised, and he laughed at me. “Fd is fr eating!” he said, “And why 183 yu _______ (take) phts f it?” Then I was surprised. Didn’t he knw why?
All my friends always take phts f fd in restaurants when they g ut t eat, and the phts 184 (share) n scial media(社交媒体). When we’re deciding which restaurant t g t, we lk at phts peple pst n scial media. Befre I g t a restaurant, I als lk at phts n scial media 185 (see) the fd n the menu. S, when I 186 (arrive) at the restaurant, I knw what I want t eat.
Yesterday, my Granddad 187 (chse) mushrm(蘑菇) sup fr his starter because he likes sup, and I rdered fruit salad because it lked delicius in a pht I saw n my phne. Bth dishes were very gd.
“Granddad! We 188 (finish) ur starters. Nw! Lk at the menu fr the main curse (主菜).” He culdn’t 189 (decide) between a fish dish and a beef dish. “Wuld yu like t see sme phts f them?” I asked. He laughed again. “OK!” he said. I gt ut my phne again, fund the phts and gave him the phne. He decided the beef because it came with rice and carrts.
After the meal, I asked Granddad, “ 190 yu _______ (use) phts n scial media t chse yur fd next time yu eat ut?” “Maybe” he sad, “if I’m with ne f my grandchildren!”
【答案】183．are/did；taking/take 184．are shared/will be shared 185．t see 186．arrive 187．chse 188．have finished 189．decide 190．Will；use
【导语】本文主要叙述作者和爷爷去餐厅吃饭的故事，作者饭前拍照发社交媒体，爷爷对此不太理解，但爷孙俩还是按照别人发过的照片挑选了菜品。
183．句意：你为什么要给它拍照？根据语境可知，此处可以是爷爷在问作者正在做的事情，用现在进行时；另一方面，也可以是作者拍完了照，爷爷问作者刚才为什么拍照，用一般过去时。主语是yu，现在进行时be动词用are；一般过去时里助动词用did，后加动词原形，故填are/did；taking/take。
184．句意：我所有的朋友出去吃饭的时候都会给餐馆里的食物拍照，并把照片分享到社交媒体上。根据“All my friends always take phts f fd in restaurants when they g ut t eat,”可知此处的时态可以是一般现在时，表示经常性的动作。另一方面，可以说是先拍照，然后再分享，可以用一般将来时。主语和动词share之间是被动关系，应用一般现在时的被动语态：am/is/are dne，或一般将来时的被动语态：will be dne。主语是复数，be动词用are。故填are shared/will be shared。
185．句意：在我去餐厅之前，我也会在社交媒体上看照片，看看菜单上的食物。see是动词，此处应用动词不定式作目的状语，故填t see。
186．句意：所以，当我到达餐厅时，我知道我想吃什么。根据“I knw what I want t eat.”可知本句是一般现在时，主语是I，动词用原形，故填arrive。
187．句意：昨天，我爷爷选了蘑菇汤作为他的开胃菜，因为他喜欢汤。根据“Yesterday”可知句子是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填chse。
188．句意：我们已经吃完了开胃菜。根据“Nw! Lk at the menu fr the main curse (主菜).”可说明开胃菜已经吃完了，所以可以看主菜了，应用现在完成时，主语是we，助动词用have，故填have finished。
189．句意：他决定不了是吃鱼还是吃牛肉。decide是动词，空前有情态动词，动词用原形，故填decide。
190．句意：你会用社交媒体上的照片来选择食物吗？根据“next time yu eat ut?”可知本句是一般将来时：will d。故填Will；use。
（2023·湖北鄂州·统考中考真题）
根据下面短文内容，用括号内所给单词的正确形式填空，使短文完整、通顺。
Mtu lies in the suth f the Himalayas in Tibet. It 191 (be) knwn as the “Natural Museum f Tibet”. It is hme t all kinds f muntains, rivers, waterfalls, plants and animals. Its 192 (special) gegraphic lcatin (地理位置) makes it a beautiful place. It was ne f the 193 (hard) places t reach and was the last city in China withut a highway.
The cnstructin (施工) f the first highway t Mtu 194 (start) in the 1960s. Hwever, it was nt cmpleted until ver 50 years later. In 2014, the cnstructin f 195 (its) secnd highway-the Paim Highway started. In Octber 2022, the cnstructin f the main bdy f the highway was cmpleted.
They are great engineering prjects. In this area, earthquakes and heavy rains happened very 196 (ften). There culd be falling rcks r even landslides (滑坡). Peple must build many walls and nets t prtect the tw highways. Anther 197 (challenge) was the snw. Large amunts f snw smetimes destryed rcks and rads. As a result, the cnstructin f the highways t Mtu was stpped several times. 198 (slve) this prblem, peple built a tunnel (隧道) that ges thrugh the muntain area.
The tw highways stand fr the Chinese 199 (spirit) f “never giving up”. They are ways t cnnect Mtu t the utside wrld and shw hw China 200 (care) abut peple in the far areas.
【答案】
191．is 192．special 193．hardest 194．started 195．its 196．ften 197．challenge 198．T slve 199．spirit/spirits 200．cares
【导语】本文是一篇说明文。文章讲述了国家为西藏墨脱建造高速公路的艰辛历程，体现了永不放弃的中国精神。
191．句意：它被称为“西藏自然博物馆”。描述事实，用一般现在时，主语是It，be动词用is。故填is。
192．句意：它的特殊的地理位置使它成为一个美丽的地方。此处应填形容词作定语，special表示“特殊的”，故填special。
193．句意：这是最难到达的地方之一，也是中国最后一个没有高速公路的城市。“ne f the 形容词最高级+名词复数”表示“最……的……之一”，hard最高级为hardest。故填hardest。
194．句意：第一条通往墨脱的高速公路始于20世纪60年代。跟“in the 1960s”可知描述过去的事，用一般过去时。start过去式为started。故填started。
195．句意：2014年，第二条高速公路——派墨高速公路开工建设。此空修饰名词，用形容词性物主代词its修饰。故填its。
196．句意：在这个地区，地震和大雨经常发生。ften表示“经常”，频率副词。故填ften。
197．句意：另一个挑战是雪。根据was可知主语是单数，challenge表示“挑战”。故填challenge。
198．句意：为了解决这个问题，人们修建了一条通向山区的隧道。此处用不定式表目的。故填T slve。
199．句意：这两条高速公路代表了“永不放弃”的中国精神。spirit表示“精神”，此处可以用单数，也可以用复数，故填spirit/spirits。
200．句意：它们是将墨脱与外部世界联系起来的路，展示了中国对偏远地区人民的关心。根据“They are ways t cnnect Mtu t the utside wrld and shw hw China ”可知此句时态是一般现在时，主语是China，谓语动词用三单。故填cares。
（2023·山东济宁·中考真题）
A yung man was lking fr a new way t spend his free time. He heard abut peple hiking (徒步) in the frest parks and decided t try it fr himself. One day, 201 he was ready t start, an ld man walked up t him.
“Dn’t hike in this park.” 202 ld man said. “The paths (道路) are nt clear.” But the yung man said, “I 203 already ________ (study) the map f this park many times. I knw its paths s well that I 204 (nt, get) lst.”
Then the yung man walked int the park. After tw hurs, he wanted t g back. Hwever, he had n idea where 205 (g) even with the help f his map. The yung man didn’t knw what he shuld d. 206 (lucky), a hiker saw him and helped him walk ut f the park.
【答案】201．when 202．the 203．have；studied 204．wn’t get 205．t g 206．Luckily
【导语】本文主要讲一个年轻人因为不听老人的劝告而迷路了，一个徒步路行者看到他并帮助他走出了公园。
201．句意：一天，当他准备出发时，一位老人向他走来。根据“... he was ready t start, an ld man walked up t him.”可推出当他准备出发时有个老人走了过来，when“当……时候”，引导时间状语从句。故填when。
202．句意：“不要在这个公园里徒步旅行。”老人说。此处特指上文出现过的老人，用定冠词the。故填the。
203．句意：我已经把这个公园的地图研究过很多次了。根据“already”可知用现在完成时，其结构为have/has dne，主语I后用助动词have，study的过去分词形式studied。故填have；studied。
204．句意：我非常熟悉它的路径，所以我不会迷路。此处表示不会迷路，是对未来的推测，用一般将来时，其结构为will d，wn’t get lst“不会迷路”。故填wn’t get。
205．句意：然而，即使有地图的帮助，他也不知道该去哪里。此处用“疑问词+动词不定式”作宾语，where t g“去哪里”。故填t g。
206．句意：幸运的是，一个徒步旅行者看见了他，扶他走出了公园。此处用副词修饰整个句子，lucky的副词形式luckily，意为“幸运地”。故填Luckily。
（2023·山东济宁·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式，必要时可加助动词或情态动词。
Oliver Kent is a thirteen-year-ld student, but he desn’t g t schl. His dad is his teacher and 207 (teach) him at hme. It is knwn as hmeschling.
It is ppular in Australia, Canada, the USA and many ther cuntries. Can parents hme schl their 208 (child) in every cuntry in the wrld? N. Sme cuntries, like Brazil, Greece, Cuba and Turkey, say “n” t hmeschling. “What abut 209 (yu) friends? Peple ften ask me that questin,” says Oliver. “I have lts f friends. Mst f them g t schl and that’s the right thing fr them. But my friend Ella is hme schled by her mum. S we 210 (discuss) things abut hmeschling that ther peple dn’t understand.”
【答案】207．teaches 208．children 209．yur 210．discuss
【导语】本文主要介绍了在家接受教育。
207．句意：他的爸爸是他的老师，在家教他。teach“教”，根据“His dad is his teacher and...”可知此处是并列的动作，动词形式一致，故此处用动词单三。故填teaches。
208．句意：世界上每个国家的父母都能在家教育孩子吗？根据“Can parents hme schl their...”可知此处指他们的孩子，用名词复数children“孩子”。故填children。
209．句意：你的朋友呢？空格后是名词，此处用形容词性物主代词yur“你的”。故填yur。
210．句意：所以我们讨论其他人不理解的在家上学的事情。discuss“讨论”，本文时态为一般现在时，主语是we，谓语动词用原形。故填discuss。
（2023·湖南长沙·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
D yu knw Wrld Letter Writing Day? It falls 211 September 1st every year. It was set up by Richard Simpkin in 2014. He encuraged peple 212 (take) a break frm tday’s scial media (媒体) and write a letter t smene by hand.
Wh shuld yu write t? Think abut a friend r relative that lives far away. A parent r best friend wuld als lve t receive 213 (yu) letter.
Hw d yu write a letter? 214 (general) speaking, a letter includes these parts. The date and a greeting (问候语) such as “Dear…” shuld be at the tp f the letter. A clsing such as “Lve” r “Yurs truly” needs t fllw the bdy. End it by 215 (sign) it.
Why shuld yu pick up a pen and write a letter? It is a surprise that may make smene’s day. It’s 216 gd way t shw peple that yu have been thinking f them. Everyne lves a persnal tuch. It makes 217 (enjy) memries (回忆). Sme peple save 218 (letter) and lk at them ver the years.
A recent study shws that letter writing 219 (make) the writer happy, t. “Handwriting is yur DNA．It’s yur fingerprint that nly yu can share with thers,” said Richard Simpkin.
S, get sme paper 220 pick up a pen. Start writing a letter tday!
【答案】
211．n 212．t take 213．yur 214．Generally 215．signing 216．a 217．enjyable 218．letters 219．makes 220．and
【导语】本文介绍世界写信日，应该写信给谁，应该怎么写信，写信有什么意义等。
211．句意：它是在每年的9月1日。“September 1st”是具体的时间，用介词n，故填n。
212．句意：他鼓励人们从今天的社交媒体中休息一下，手写一封信给别人。encurage sb t d sth“鼓励某人做某事”，故填t take。
213．句意：父母或最好的朋友也会很乐意收到你的信。此处在句中作定语修饰letter，用形容词性物主代词yur。故填yur。
214．句意：一般来说，一封信包括这些部分。generally enerally“一般来说”，句首需大写首字母。故填Generally。
215．句意：通过签名来结束它。by是介词，其后加动名词作宾语。故填signing。
216．句意：这是一个很好的方式来告诉人们你一直在想着他们。此处泛指一个方法，gd首字母发辅音音素，故填a。
217．句意：它带来愉快的回忆。此处作定语修饰memries，用形容词形式。故填enjyable。
218．句意：有些人把信件保存起来，多年来一直看。根据“them”可知，此处应使用名词复数形式。故填letters。
219．句意：最近的一项研究表明，写信也会让写信人感到快乐。本句时态是一般现在时，主语是“letter writing”，动词用三单。故填makes。
220．句意：所以，拿起纸和笔。分析“get sme up a pen”可知，前后构成并列关系，用and连接。故填and。
（2023·湖北·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入适当的内容（1个单词）或括号内单词的正确形式。
The children, seeing the huse the bird landed n, stpped and lked fr sme time. It was nt a nrmal huse at all. It was made f bread and candy, and the 221 (windw) were made f sugar. The children 222 (sudden) ran t the huse and started t eat it.
As they ate, a 223 (wman) vice culd be heard frm inside the huse saying, “Wh’s that, eating at my hme?”
The children drpped what they 224 (eat), and were abut t run away, but then a very ld wman appeared at the dr. “Ah! Children!” she said. “D nt run, cme in. There’s much mre fd inside.” The wman seemed s kind 225 the children lst all feeling f danger, and went straight t her, and let her take their hands and lead them int her rm.
They 226 (give) all kinds f delicius fd and drink, and they were tld that they culd stay as lng as they wanted, fr the wman had anther rm 227 tw clean beds.
As kind as the ld lady appeared t be, she was really a terrible witch (女巫), wh liked t eat children. Her huse was made f bread and candy, because children liked such things, and s it wuld be easier fr the witch 228 (get) them t stay. She did nt eat them right away, fr ften the children were very thin, and the witch wished t make them 229 (fat) than befre, by giving them a lt f fd.
And s, the next mrning, she 230 (g) int the rm where the children were sleeping. As she lked dwn n them in their beds, she said, “Yes. They will make a very delicius dinner.”
【答案】
221．windws 222．suddenly 223．wman’s 224．were eating 225．that 226．were given 227．with 228．t get 229．fatter 230．went
【导语】本文主要介绍了一个女巫用面包和糖果做成的房子吸引孩子们，因为她实际上是一个可怕的女巫，喜欢吃孩子。
221．句意：它是用面包和糖果做的，窗户是用糖做的。windw“窗户”，是名词，结合were可知，名词用复数，故填windws。
222．句意：孩子们突然跑到房子里，开始吃它。sudden“突然的”，形容词，此处修饰动词ran，应用副词，故填suddenly。
223．句意：当他们吃饭的时候，一个女人的声音从屋子里传来：“谁呀，在我家吃东西？”wman是名词，空后是名词vice，所以应用wman的所有格形式wman’s修饰，故填wman’s。
224．句意：孩子们扔掉了正在吃的东西，正要逃跑，这时一位老妇人出现在门口。eat“吃”，动词，根据语境可知，孩子把当时正在吃的东西扔掉，应用过去进行时，they作主语，be动词用were，故填were eating。
225．句意：这个女人看起来很善良，孩子们完全没有危险的感觉，他们径直走到她身边，让她牵着他们的手，把他们带到她的房间里。此处是“如此……以至于”引导的结果状语从句，故填that。
226．句意：他们得到了各种美味的食物和饮料，并被告知他们可以想住多久就住多久，因为那个女人有另一个房间，里面有两张干净的床。give“给”，和主语they之间是被动关系，结合后句可知，应用一般过去时的被动语态。they作主语，be动词用were。故填were given。
227．句意：他们得到了各种美味的食物和饮料，并被告知他们可以想住多久就住多久，因为那个女人有另一个房间，里面有两张干净的床。根据“anther clean beds.”可知，是指房间有两张干净的床，应用介词with表示“带有”。故填with。
228．句意：她的房子是用面包和糖果做成的，因为孩子们喜欢这样的东西，所以女巫更容易让他们留下来。此处是it作形式主语，动词不定式作真正主语的结构，故填t get。
229．句意：她没有马上吃掉它们，因为孩子们通常都很瘦，女巫希望给他们很多食物，让他们比以前更胖。根据“than”可知，应用形容词比较级，故填fatter。
230．句意：于是，第二天早上，她走进孩子们睡觉的房间。根据前后语境可知，时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填went。
（2023·内蒙古包头·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
If yu live in the cities in England, there will be a great chance that yu may meet a fx in real life. Sme animals need special habitats (栖息地) r fd. But fxes can live in all kinds f amazingly different 231 (place) such as deserts, muntain s and cities. A city like Lndn can be really busy and 232 (nise), but it still has quiet crners where fxes can sleep. It als has fx fd such as mice and fds drpped by peple.
Recently sme peple in cities have already 233 (see) fxes clse at hand, but they never seem scared. Why is that? They are 234 smart that they can even remember all the safe crners where they can escape. If a fx thinks it can run t its safe exit 235 (fast) than yu can apprach (接近), it will prbably just sit dwn and wait. They wn’t waste energy running ff unless it really 236 (becme) necessary.
Hwever, it’s 237 (usual) better nt t feed fxes. But d enjy 238 (watch ) them. They are beautiful interesting animals and lts 239 peple enjy them arund. After all, seeing fxes is 240 exciting reminder f ur cnnectin t nature.
【答案】
231．places 232．nisy 233．seen 234．s 235．faster 236．becmes 237．usually 238．watching 239．f 240．an
【导语】本文主要讲述了如果你住在英国的城市里，你很有可能在现实生活中遇到狐狸，文中介绍了狐狸的生活环境以及其行为表现等内容。
231．句意：但是狐狸可以生活在各种不同的地方，比如沙漠、山区和城市。different修饰可数名词法术，所以空处用place的复数形式places，故填places。
232．句意：像伦敦这样的城市可能非常繁忙和嘈杂，但它仍然有安静的角落，狐狸可以在那里睡觉。根据“can be really busy ”可知，空处应填形容词作表语，nise的形容词是nisy“嘈杂的”。故填nisy。
233．句意：最近，城市里的一些人已经看到狐狸近在咫尺，但他们似乎从不害怕。根据“have already”可知，此处用see的过去分词seen构成现在完成时结构，故填seen。
234．句意：它们非常聪明，甚至能记住所有可以逃跑的安全角落。根据“ that they can even remember all the safe crners where they can escape. ”可知，此处是“如此……以至于……”引导的条件状语从句，故填s。
235．句意：如果一只狐狸认为它跑到安全出口的速度比你接近的速度快，它可能会坐下来等着。根据than可知，此处用fast的比较级faster，故填faster。
236．句意：除非真的有必要，否则他们不会浪费能量跑掉。本句是unless引导的条件状语从句，主句用一般将来时，则从句用一般现在时，主语是it，谓语动词用三单形式，故填becmes。
237．句意：然而，通常最好不要喂狐狸。分析句子可知，句中不缺成分，所以空处应用usual的副词形式usually“通常地”作状语，故填usually。
238．句意：但是一定要喜欢观察它们。enjy ding sth“喜欢做某事”，所以空处用动名词作宾语，故填watching。
239．句意：它们是美丽有趣的动物，很多人喜欢它们。lts f“很多”，固定短语，故填f。
240．句意：毕竟，看到狐狸是一个令人兴奋的提醒，提醒我们与自然的联系。根据单数名词reminder可知，此处表示泛指，且exciting是以元音音素开头，所以用不定冠词an修饰，故填an。
（2023·黑龙江绥化·统考中考真题）
根据短文内容用所给词的适当形式填空.
Hell, I’m Tm. I cme frm Cuba (古巴), but 241 (recent) I mved t China. I started a new schl life here. It was a big change fr me because the schl life in China is quite different frm that in Cuba.
Schl in China starts at 8: 00 a.m. and 242 (end) at 4: 50 p.m. The new schl is much better than my ld schl in Cuba, such as it is 243 (big) and mre beautiful than my ld ne. I thught that I might be lst in the first week. Luckily my new classmate Zhang Bin is very friendly. He 244 (ffer) t shw me arund the schl when we were available.
In China, we dn’t have s much hmewrk 245 (d) every day. If I listen t the teachers carefully, I can finish my hmewrk quickly. T keep 246 (healthily), ur schl prvides us with sprts instruments t exercise, s we can spend 247 (we) free time playing ping-png, basketball r running. Smetimes we like t listen t pp music and watch 248 (mvie) at the cinema.
Time flies s quickly and I 249 (be) in the new schl fr tw mnths. I get many 250 (student) help. I start enjying my schl life here. I am always having s much fun!
【答案】
241．recently 242．ends 243．bigger 244．ffered 245．t d 246．healthy
247．ur 248．mvies 249．have been 250．students’
【导语】本文主要介绍了来自古巴的汤姆搬到中国后，发现中国的校园生活和古巴的校园生活不一样。
241．句意：我来自古巴，但最近我搬到了中国。此处修饰动词mved用副词recently“最近”。故填recently。
242．句意：中国的学校早上8点开始上课，下午4点50分结束。and前后动词形式保持一致，故此处动词用单三形式ends“结束”。故填ends。
243．句意：因为它比我的老学校更大、更漂亮。根据“mre beautiful”可知此处用比较级bigger“更大”。故填bigger。
244．句意：当我们有空的时候，他主动提出带我参观学校。根据“when we were available.”可知句子用一般过去时，动词用过去式ffered“主动提出”。故填ffered。
245．句意：在中国，我们没有那么多的家庭作业每天要做。根据“have s much hmewrk...”可知此处用动词不定式作定语。故填t d。
246．句意：为了保持健康，我们学校为我们提供了运动器材，这样我们就可以把空闲时间用来打乒乓球、打篮球或跑步。keep healthy“保持健康”。故填healthy。
247．句意：为了保持健康，我们学校为我们提供了运动器材，这样我们就可以把空闲时间用来打乒乓球、打篮球或跑步。空格后是名词，此处用形容词性物主代词ur“我们的”。故填ur。
248．句意：有时我们喜欢在电影院听流行音乐和看电影。此处表示泛指用名词复数mvies“电影”。故填mvies。
249．句意：时间过得太快了，我在新学校已经两个月了。根据“fr tw mnths”可知句子用现在完成时，主语是I，助动词用have。故填have been。
250．句意：我得到了许多学生的帮助。空格后是名词，根据“many”可知此处用名词复数的所有格students’“学生们的”。故填students’。
（2023·四川乐山·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填写1个适当的单词或括号内所给单词的正确形式。
Once upn a time, there was a wise ld man wh had seven sns. But his sns 251 (are) always fighting. It made sme bad peple happy because they wanted t cheat（欺骗）the brthers ut f their 252 (father) mney.
One day, the father decided t help his sns stp 253 (fight), s he brught them tgether. He tied seven chpsticks tgether, and said, “I will give all f my mney t 254 ne wh can break this bundle（捆）.”
The seven sns each tried 255 (break) the chpsticks, but it was t hard. They agreed that it was impssible.
“Yet, my sns,” said the father, “it’s actually easy t d.”
He untied the chpsticks and brke them ne 256 ne easily.
“Aha!” said his sns, “It’s easy t d that way. Anyne can d it.”
The father 257 (g) n, “As it is with these chpsticks, s it is with yu, my sns. If yu stick tgether and help each ther, yu will d well, and nbdy can harm yu. But if yu fight, yu will be like these chpsticks, brken 258 weak.”
The seven sns listened 259 (careful) and prmised t stick tgether. They kept their prmise and faced life’s 260 (difficulty) tgether, just as their wise father had taught them.
【答案】
251．were 252．father’s 253．fighting 254．the 255．t break 256．by 257．went 258．and 259．carefully 260．difficulties
【导语】本文讲述了一个睿智的父亲用一捆筷子教会七个儿子要团结的故事。
251．句意：但是他的儿子们总是争吵。根据上一句“Once upn a time, there was a wise ld man wh had seven sns.”可知，这是在讲述故事，句子应用一般过去时，主语his sns为复数名词，因此应用are的过去式were。故填were。
252．句意：这让一些坏人很高兴，因为他们想骗取兄弟们的父亲的钱。mney为名词，此处应用father的名词所有格father’s来修饰名词mney。故填father’s。
253．句意：有一天，父亲决定帮助他的儿子们停止战斗，于是他把他们召集在一起。根据“stp”可知此处应用动词短语stp ding sth表示“停止做某事”，动词fight的动名词为fighting。故填fighting。
254．句意：我会把我所有的钱都给那个能折断这捆筷子的人。根据“ne wh”可知wh引导限制性定语从句，修饰代词ne，因此其前应用定冠词the来表特指。故填the。
255．句意：七个儿子都努力去折断筷子，但是太难了。根据“tried”可知此处应用动词短语try t d sth表示“努力做某事”，动词break的不定式为t break。故填t break。
256．句意：他解开筷子，轻而易举地把它们一根一根地折断。根据“ne…ne”可知此处应用ne by ne来表示“一个接一个地”。故填by。
257．句意：父亲继续说道：“我的儿子们，正如这些筷子一样，你们也是如此。如果你们团结一致，互相帮助，你们会做得很好，没有人可以伤害你们。但如果你们打架，你们会像这双筷子一样，又碎又弱。”结合语境，句子应用一般过去时，动词g的过去式为went。故填went。
258．句意：父亲继续说道：“我的儿子们，正如这些筷子一样，你们也是如此。如果你们团结一致，互相帮助，你们会做得很好，没有人可以伤害你们。但如果你们打架，你们会像这双筷子一样，又碎又弱。”根据“brken”和“weak”可知此处应用表示并列关系的连词and来连接两个形容词。故填and。
259．句意：七个儿子认真地听着，并保证会团结一致。listened为动词，此处应用careful的副词carefully来修饰动词。故填carefully。
260．句意：他们信守诺言，共同面对生活中的困难，正如他们睿智的父亲教导他们的那样。根据“faced life’s”可知此处应用名词difficult的复数形式difficulties来表示“面对生活中的困难”。故填difficulties。
（2023·湖北孝感·统考中考真题）
阅读下面的短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或用括号内单词的正确形式填空。（每空不超过三个单词)
Once there was a king, whse sn was badly ill. Only the water frm a lake far away culd save the prince. The king prmised t pay half f his gld 261 the water.
The news reached a farmer wh had tw 262 (sn) and a daughter. “Let’s lk fr the water.” said the tw brthers. They traveled a lt, 263 they still didn’t find it. S they brught sme water frm 264 river nearby. Of curse, the prince gt 265 (bad) than befre. The king became angry and he wuld kill the tw brthers.
The farmer’s yung daughter Tina decided t lk fr the water by herself. She walked fr a lng time, and stpped 266 (have) a rest under a tree. She nticed three birds, tired and hungry. “Birds, take sme f my crn!” she said.
“Thank yu! Where are yu ging?” asked the birds. Tina tld 267 (they) the stry. “A lng and 268 (danger) jurney! Maybe yu need ur help.” said the birds. They ffered her a magic(神奇的) leaf. “Make a wish, and shake the leaf. Yur wish will cme true.” Tina made a wish t get t the lake 269 (quick). She shk the leaf, and then there she was!
Tina gt the magic water and brught it t the king. The prince 270 (save). “Take half f my gld!” said the king. Tina didn’t want the gld. She nly asked the king t free her tw brthers. The king agreed.
Finally, Tina and her tw brthers went hme tgether.
【答案】
261．fr 262．sns 263．but 264．a 265．wrse 266．t have 267．them 268．dangerus 269．quickly 270．was saved
【导语】本文主要讲述了农夫的女儿蒂娜找水救了王子，从而也解救了自己的两个哥哥的故事。
261．句意：国王答应用他一半的金子买水。根据“pay half f his gld water.”可知，此处是短语“为……支付……”，故填fr。
262．句意：这个消息传到了一个有两个儿子和一个女儿的农民那里。tw后跟名词sn的复数形式，故填sns。
263．句意：他们跑了很多地方，但还是没找到。“They traveled a lt”和“ they still didn’t find it.”在句意上是转折关系，所以用but连接，故填but。
264．句意：于是他们从附近的河里打了一些水来。根据“... river ”可知，此处泛指附近的一条河里，且river首字母发元音音素，所以用不定冠词a，故填a。
265．句意：当然，王子的病情比以前更严重了。由than可知，此处用形容词bad的比较级wrse。故填wrse。
266．句意：她走了很长一段时间，然后在一棵树下停下来休息。根据“ stpped ... a rest under a tree”可知，是停下来去休息，stp t d sth“停下来做某事”，所以空处用动词不定式，故填t have。
267．句意：蒂娜给他们讲了这个故事。空处作tld的宾语，所以用they的宾格them，故填them。
268．句意：漫长而危险的旅程！and连接两个并列成分，结合lng可知，空处应用danger的形容词dangerus“危险的”，故填dangerus。
269．句意：蒂娜许愿要快点到湖边去。空处修饰动词get t，所以用quick的副词形式quickly“快速地”。故填quickly。
270．句意：王子得救了。主语是动作save的承受者，所以用被动语态，全文是一般过去时，所以此处是一般过去时的被动语态，主语是The prince ，be动词用was，save的过去分词是saved，故填was saved。
（2023·福建·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，根据语境或所给单词的提示，在每个空格内填入一个恰当的词，要求所填的词意义准确、形式正确，使短文意思完整、行文连贯。
Niejiazhuang Village in Weifang is famus fr clred clay sculpture handicraft (泥塑手工艺), which dates back t the Ming Dynasty. The Weifang gvernment has 1 (encurage) lcal peple t learn traditinal handicraft and make mre mney t get rid f pverty(脱贫).
Nie Peng 2 (be) a yung villager in Niejiazhuang. He is crazy abut clay sculpture handicraft. He began learning it frm his father when he was 3 child. He has led lts f yung craftsmen (手艺人) in and near 4 (he) village t make clred clay sculptures and the handicraft has becme an imprtant way fr lcal peple t get 5 (rich) than befre.
The tiger is a typical subject fr clred clay sculptures. Nie 6 (start) t learn t make clay tigers in 2010, the Year f the Tiger. Over these years, he has seen the develpment f the art frm. 7 first, the clay tigers were all f the same small size. Nw there are tigers f different 8 (size) and the largest can be ver tw meters tall. The tigers used t be clred pink and green, but nw have becme mre clrful.
Tday Nie cares fr the future f clay sculpture handicraft 9 encurages yung craftsmen t create mre wrks. He 10 (real) hpes that the sculpture handicraft will be passed dwn t the next generatin.
【答案】
1．encuraged 2．is 3．a 4．his 5．richer 6．started 7．At 8．sizes 9．and 10．really
【导语】本文主要介绍了潍坊的聂家庄村以彩泥塑工艺品闻名。
1．句意：潍坊市政府鼓励当地人学习传统手工艺，多赚钱以摆脱贫困。根据has可知，时态是现在完成时，动词用过去分词，故填encuraged。
2．句意：聂鹏是聂家庄的一位年轻村民。此处是说明一个事实，主语是单数，be动词用is，故填is。
3．句意：当他还是个孩子的时候，他就开始向父亲学习。此处是泛指一个孩子，child以辅音音素开头，应用a，故填a。
4．句意：他带领村里和附近的许多年轻工匠制作彩泥塑，手工业成为当地人比以前更富有的重要途径。空后是名词，应用形容词性物主代词his，故填his。
5．句意：他带领村里和附近的许多年轻工匠制作彩泥塑，手工业成为当地人比以前更富有的重要途径。根据“than”可知，应用比较级，故填richer。
6．句意：2010年虎年，聂开始学习制作泥虎。根据“in 2010”可知，时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填started。
7．句意：起初，粘土老虎都是一样的小尺寸。at first“起初”，是固定表达，故填At。
8．句意：现在有不同大小的老虎，最大的可以超过两米高。size“大小”，可数名词，different后加可数名词复数，故填sizes。
9．句意：今天，聂关心泥塑手工艺的未来，鼓励年轻工匠创作更多的作品。前后句是并列关系，应用and，故填and。
10．句意：他真希望雕塑手艺能传给下一代。real是形容词，修饰动词hpes，应用副词，故填really。
（2023·浙江丽水·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
Kendall Rae Jhnsn spends a lt f time playing in the dirt. She has 11 huge garden that prduces ver 100 punds f fd each year!
Kendall Rae 12 (begin) gardening at age three, when her great-grandmther gave her sme fresh cllard greens. Kendall Rae says, “Grandma Kate tld 13 (I), ‘Dn’t thrw away the stems, because if yu put them in the grund, they will grw back.’” She tried it and the stems 14 (real) grew new leaves.
Sn after, her parents put in a backyard garden. 15 her friends came t their huse, Kendall Rae enjyed sharing what she knew abut farming. She says, “My friends wuld help me water 16 care fr the plants. They started t enjy farming, t.” At age six, she became the yungest certified farmer 17 her hmetwn.
Tday, her garden has grwn t include sixty plant beds and twelve 18 (tree)! When the vegetables and fruits are ripe(成熟), Kendall Rae sells sme f them 19 (make) mney. She als invites peple wh dn’t have enugh fd t take what they need. “If 20 (many) kids jin us, ur cmmunity will surely becme better,” says Kendall Rae. “Grwing fd takes a lt f wrk, but tgether we can d it.”
【答案】
11．а 12．began 13．me 14．really 15．When 16．and 17．in 18．trees 19．t make 20．mre
【导语】本文是一篇记叙文，介绍喜欢种植的肯德尔·雷·约翰逊。
11．句意：她有一个巨大的花园，每年生产超过100磅的食物！此处泛指一个花园，huge首字母发辅音音素，故填а。
12．句意：肯德尔·雷三岁时开始园艺，当时她的曾祖母给了她一些新鲜的羽衣甘蓝。根据“at age three”可知，是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填began。
13．句意：肯德尔·雷说：“凯特奶奶告诉我，‘不要扔掉茎，因为如果你把它们埋在地里，它们会重新长出来的。’”此处在动词后作宾语，用宾格，故填me。
14．句意：她试了试，茎真的长出了新叶。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词形式，故填really。
15．句意：当朋友们来她家做客时，肯德尔·雷喜欢分享她对农业的了解。根据“ friends came t their huse, Kendall Rae enjyed sharing what she knew abut farming.”可知，当朋友们来做客时，肯德尔·雷会分享对农业的了解，用when引导时间状语从句。故填When。
16．句意：我的朋友会帮我浇水和照顾植物。前后构成并列关系，用and连接，故填and。
17．句意：六岁时，她成为了家乡最年轻的持证农民。in her hmetwn“在她的家乡”，故填in。
18．句意：今天，她的花园已经发展到包括60个植物床和12棵树！twelve修饰可数名词复数，故填trees。
19．句意：当蔬菜和水果成熟时，肯德尔·雷会卖掉一些来赚钱。此处在句中表示目的，用动词不定式形式，故填t make。
20．句意：如果有更多的孩子加入我们，我们的社区肯定会变得更好。根据“ur cmmunity will surely becme better”可知，此处应使用比较级，mre“更多”符合语境，故填mre。
（2023·河北·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词（有提示词的，填入所给单词的正确形式）。
My favrite teacher is Mr. Zha. He has made 21 big difference in my life. I was 22 (real) shy and nervus n the first day at schl. But Mr. Zha was 23 kind that I sn frgt abut that. In 24 (he) first class, he asked us t draw a picture f urselves.
When he 25 (get) t my desk, he lked at my picture and said, “Ww! I like thse bright 26 (clr)! That’s great!” I felt 27 (relax) at nce. Mr. Zha is patient and he always 28 (tell) us nt t wrry abut giving wrng answers. Als, he shws us hw t learn 29 ur mistakes. Nw I am in the 30 (nine) grade, and I’m leaving schl. I will remember all the suggestins he has given me.
【答案】
21．a 22．really 23．s 24．his 25．gt 26．clrs 27．relaxed 28．tells 29．frm 30．ninth
【导语】本文主要介绍了作者最喜爱的老师。
21．句意：他给我的生活带来了很大的改变。make a big difference“有很大影响”。故填a。
22．句意：上学的第一天，我非常害羞和紧张。此处修饰形容词shy用副词really“真地”。故填really。
23．句意：但是赵老师太好了，我很快就忘记了。根据“kind that I sn frgt abut that”可知此处是“如此……以至于”结构。故填s。
24．句意：在他的第一节课上，他让我们给自己画一幅画。空格后是名词，此处用形容词性物主代词his“他的”。故填his。
25．句意：当他走到我的桌子旁时，他看着我的照片说。根据“he lked...”可知句子用一般过去时，动词用过去式。故填gt。
26．句意：我喜欢那些鲜艳的颜色！thse后加可数名词复数clrs“颜色”。故填clrs。
27．句意：我立刻感到放松。作felt的表语用形容词，形容人用relaxed“放松的”。故填relaxed。
28．句意：赵老师很有耐心，他总是告诉我们不要担心回答错误。根据“Mr. Zha is patient and he always...”可知句子用一般现在时，主语是he，谓语动词用单三tells“告诉”。故填tells。
29．句意：他还向我们展示了如何从错误中吸取教训。learn frm“从……中学习”。故填frm。
30．句意：现在我上九年级了，我要离开学校了。此处指“九年级”，用序数词ninth“第九”。故填ninth。
（2023·山东滨州·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，用括号内所给词的适当形式填空，必要时可加助动词成情态动词。
An idl is smene wh we respect r lve. Hwever, unlike many f my classmates, my idl is nt a film star, a famus writer r a sprtsman, my idl is my dad.
Mst peple believe that a man 31 (g) ut and wrk. Hwever, when I was nly a five-year-ld by, I was 32 (serius) ill and needed attentin all the time. My dad knew hw much my mum lved her jb, s he stpped 33 (wrk) t stay at hme and lk after me. Many men in this situatin wuld want their 34 (wife) t stay with the child, but my dad always thinks abut 35 (ther) befre himself. This made me start t respect him.
My dad later tk a jb and wrked at night. He chse the jb s that he wuld nly be ut f the huse when I was sleeping. Since then, my dad 36 (help) and supprted me in everything I d. I remember when I was learning t ride a bike, my dad ran behind me and held the back f the bicyele s that I wuld nt fall. I 37 (feel) s safe because I knew he was near. Sn, I was able t ride by 38 (I).
My family is nt rich, and we d nt wn a big huse r an expensive car. My dad has shwn me that smething is 39 (imprtant) than mney. Althugh he nw wrks hard every day and is ften very busy, he always makes time 40 (stay) with me. He helps me with my hmewrk, and plays games with me n weekends. He has als taught me that I can achieve anything if I really wrk hard n it.
My dad is my idl because he shwed me the mst imprtant things in life.
【答案】
shuld g 32．seriusly 33．wrking 34．wives 35．thers
36．has helped 37．felt 38．myself 39．mre imprtant 40．t stay
【导语】本文主要介绍了作者的父亲是自己的偶像，并介绍了父亲为作者所做的事情。
31．句意：大多数人认为男人应该出去工作。根据“Mst peple believe that a ”可知大部分认为男人应该出去工作，应该：shuld，情态动词后加动词原形。故填shuld g。
32．句意：然而，当我还是一个五岁的男孩时，我病得很重，一直需要照顾。修饰形容词ill用副词seriusly“严重地”。故填seriusly。
33．句意：所以他停止了工作，留在家里照顾我。wrk“工作”，根据“t stay at hme and lk after me”可知他停止了工作，留在家照顾我，stp ding sth.“停止做某事”。故填wrking。
34．句意：很多处于这种情况的男人都希望他们的妻子留在孩子身边，但我爸爸总是先考虑别人，然后再考虑自己。根据“Many men”可知此处用名词复数wives“妻子”。故填wives。
35．句意：很多处于这种情况的男人都希望他们的妻子留在孩子身边，但我爸爸总是先考虑别人，然后再考虑自己。根据“thinks abut...”可知是考虑其他人，thers“其他人”。故填thers。
36．句意：从那以后，我爸爸在我做的每件事上都帮助和支持我。help“帮助”，根据“Since then”可知句子用现在完成时，主语是my dad，助动词用has。故填has helped。
37．句意：我感到很安全，因为我知道他就在附近。根据“I knew...”可知句子用一般过去时，动词用过去式felt“感觉”。故填felt。
38．句意：很快，我就可以自己骑车了。根据“I was able t ride by...”可知是会自己骑车，用反身代词myself“我自己”。故填myself。
39．句意：我爸爸告诉我，有些东西比金钱更重要。根据“than”可知此处用比较级mre imprtant“更重要”。故填mre imprtant。
40．句意：但他总是抽出时间和我在一起。stay“待”，分析句子可知，“makes time”的目的是“stay with me”，作目的状语用动词不定式。故填t stay。
（2023·浙江台州·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
Yu dn’t need t wait until yu’re an adult t take part in cmmunity service. Yu can develp gd habits nw. Cmmunity service is a great way t make 41 difference in yur neighbrhd. Yu als can enjy 42 (spend) time with friends and meeting new peple. Here are sme ideas fr yu t start 43 (quick).
D yu play an instrument r lve t draw? Offer t give free cncerts at a senir center r spread yur lve f art by giving 44 (lessn) t yunger children. Yu can never imagine 45 happy yu will be after that.
D yu live near a public park? Yu can vlunteer 46 (plant) r clean up the park. Yu’ll bring pleasure 47 everyne wh uses the park.
D yu knw any sick r disabled peple in yur neighbrhd? Offer t d yard wrk fr 48 (they). Sweep the flr and 49 (d) the dishes. Or just stp by fr a friendly visit with sme fd.
Des yur schl encurage a buddy (伙伴) system? Yu can set up buddy systems which cnnect lder children with 50 (yung) nes. Buddies ften spend time tgether reading bks. Helping a yung persn grw int a smart reader is a gift that keeps n giving.
【答案】
41．a 42．spending 43．quickly 44．lessns 45．hw 46．t plant 47．t/fr 48．them 49．d 50．yunger
【导语】本文主要介绍了如何快速开始社区服务。
41．句意：社区服务是一个很好的方式来改变你的社区。make a difference“有影响”。故填a。
42．句意：你还可以享受与朋友共度时光和结识新朋友的乐趣。enjy ding sth.“喜欢做某事”。故填spending。
43．句意：以下是一些快速开始的想法。修饰动词start用副词quickly“快速地”。故填quickly。
44．句意：在老年中心举办免费音乐会，或者通过给年幼的孩子上课来传播你对艺术的热爱。此处表泛指用名词复数lessns“课”。故填lessns。
45．句意：你永远无法想象在那之后你会有多幸福。根据“happy yu will be”可知是多么开心，用hw引导宾语从句。故填hw。
46．句意：你可以自愿种植或打扫公园。plant“种植”，vlunteer t d sth.“自愿做某事”。故填t plant。
47．句意：你会给每个使用公园的人带来快乐。bring sth. t/fr sb.“给某人带来某物”。故填t/fr。
48．句意：主动提出为他们做庭院工作。此处作介词fr的宾语用代词宾格them“他们”。故填them。
49．句意：扫地洗碗。或者只是顺道拜访一下，带上一些食物。此处动词和sweep并列，故此处用动词原形。故填d。
50．句意：你可以建立好友系统，将年龄较大的孩子与年龄较小的孩子联系起来。根据“lder children ”可知是将较大的孩子和较年轻的孩子联系起来，用比较级yunger“更年轻的”。故填yunger。
（2023·四川眉山·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Lixia, r the Start f Summer, is the 51 (seven) f the 24 Chinese slar terms (节气) which falls n May 6 f this year. It symblizes (象征) the passing frm spring 52 summer.
With the heat f summer, plants and crps will begin t grw much 53 (fast). S farmers are always happy t welcme the arrival f Lixia. This is 54 best time f the year t plant early rice in the suthern part f China. Chinese has plenty f ld sayings 55 are used t warn peple nt t be lazy during this perid f time.
In China, peple celebrate the day f Lixia in different ways. Fr example, in sme places peple ck “Five-Clred Rice”. Usually, it 56 (make) frm five kinds f beans (豆)—mung bean, red bean, yellw bean, black bean and green bean. It stands fr peple’s gd wishes fr a clrful life. Peple als have the custm f 57 (eat) sme different kinds f fresh fruits and vegetables. On the day f Lixia, children will wear a bag with an egg arund their necks in sme areas. This is believed t help keep 58 (they) safe and healthy. Other 59 (traditin) f Lixia include the singing f beautiful flk sngs. And peple als weigh themselves n Lixia. When the summer 60 (pass), they’ll weigh themselves again t see hw many punds they have lst during the ht seasn.
【答案】
51．seventh 52．t 53．faster 54．the 55．which/that 56．is made 57．eating 58．them 59．traditins 60．passes
【导语】本文主要介绍了立夏这个节气。
51．句意：立夏是中国24个节气中的第七个。此处指“第七个”节气，用序数词seventh“第七”。故填seventh。
52．句意：它象征着从春天到夏天的过渡。“从……到”。故填t。
53．句意：随着夏季的炎热，植物和作物将开始生长得更快。much修饰比较级faster“更快”。故填faster。
54．句意：在中国南方，这是一年中种植早稻的最佳时间。空格后是最高级，此处用定冠词the。故填the。
55．句意：中国有很多古老的谚语用来警告人们在这段时间不要懒惰。句子是定语从句，先行词是sayings，关系词在从句中作主语，用which/that引导定语从句。故填which/that。
56．句意：通常，它是由五种豆子制成的。be made frm“由……制成”，句子用一般现在时，主语是it，be动词用is。故填is made。
57．句意：人们也有吃一些不同种类的新鲜水果和蔬菜的习俗。介词f后加动名词。故填eating。
58．句意：这被认为有助于保持他们的安全和健康。根据“help and healthy”可知是让他们保持安全和健康，作宾语用代词宾格them“他们”。故填them。
59．句意：立夏的其他传统包括唱优美的民歌。ther后加可数名词复数traditins“传统”。故填traditins。
60．句意：当夏天过去时，他们会再次称体重，看看自己在炎热的季节减掉了多少磅。pass“通过”，句子是if引导的条件状语从句，从句用一般现在时，主语是the summer，谓语动词用单数。故填passes。
（2023·浙江杭州·统考中考真题）
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容（1个单词）或括号内单词的正确形式。将答案填写在答题纸的相应位置。
Traffic Schl
Have yu ever driven thrugh a red traffic light? Have yu ever parked in the wrng place r driven 61 (fast) than the speed limit (限制)? The answers are prbably “yes”. Every year 62 (thusand) f drivers becme “ffenders”-they break the rules f the rad. But 63 are the punishments fr this ffence?
In mst cuntries drivers have t pay a fine (罚款), 64 (usual) $100—$300. But in the USA, Australia and sme 65 (Eurpe) cuntries ffenders als get pints n their driving license. After they get 66 certain number f pints, they can’t drive.
Life is difficult when yu can’t drive. S far sme states in the USA 67 (intrduce) a new way t avid this-Traffic Schl. Offenders have a chice: They can get pints n their license 68 they can d a curse at Traffic Schl.
Traffic Schls run “driver imprvement curses”. They cst abut $100 and take frm fur 69 twelve hurs. Mst peple d the curse in a classrm, but in sme states drivers can d the curse nline. Drivers learn the rules f the rad and they learn hw 70 (be) better drivers. They dn’t have t take a driving test, but at the end f the curse they have t pass a written examinatin.
【答案】
61．faster 62．thusands 63．what 64．usually 65．Eurpean 66．a 67．have intrduced 68．if 69．t 70．t be
【导语】本文主要介绍了人们在不同国家违反交通规则的处理方法。
61．句意：你是否曾把车停错地方或超速驾驶？根据“than”可知空处需用比较级。故填faster。
62．句意：每年都有成千上万的司机成为“违规者”——他们违反交通规则。空前无具体数字，需用thusands f“数以千计的”表示泛指。故填thusands。
63．句意：但是这种罪行的惩罚是什么呢？根据“are the punishments fr this ffence?”可知是询问处罚是什么。what表示“什么”。故填what。
64．句意：在大多数国家，司机必须支付罚款，通常是100到300美元。修饰动词，需用副词形式usually表示“通常”。故填usually。
65．句意：但在美国、澳大利亚和一些欧洲国家，违规者的驾驶执照也会被扣分。修饰名词“cuntries”，需用形容词作定语。Eurpean“欧洲的”。故填Eurpean。
66．句意：在他们得到一定数量的分数之后，他们就不能开车了。a certain number f表示“一定数量的……”。故填a。
67．句意：到目前为止，美国的一些州已经推出了一种新的方法来避免这种情况——交通学校。根据“S far”可知本句需用现在完成时(have/has dne)，主语是复数，助动词用have。故填have intrduced。
68．句意：违法者有一个选择：如果他们能在交通学校学习课程，他们可以在驾照上获得分数。分析句子可知，前句是后句是肯定条件，需用if表示“如果”。故填if。
69．句意：它们花费大约100美元，需要4到12个小时。表示“从……到……”，固定短语。故填t。
70．句意：司机学习道路规则，他们学习如何成为更好的司机。hw t d sth表示“如何做某事”。故填t be。
（2023·江苏苏州·统考中考真题）
请认真阅读下面短文，在答题卡标有题号的横线上，填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Dancing with the Light
A few years ag, I visited the Classical Gardens f Suzhu. During the visit, my attentin was drawn away frm the plants, bridges and stnes, twards 71 walls f the gardens. Mstly white, sme parts f the walls are lsing small 72 (piece) f their cvering. This creates space in which light and plants can be 73 (see). The walls are nt nly the bundaries f the gardens, but they als frm prtected paths that guide yu n a trip.
The memry f the white walls stayed with me. I kept 74 (imagine) hw many shadws (影) culd be cllected by them t dance with the light. This fantastic mment was s lively 75 I came back t explre it with my camera.
Wrking 76 (free) with these walls and their marks, I began t feel like cllecting all the stries that were painted there. Weather and time have turned these 77 (amaze) white walls int Chinese landscape paintings.
I 78 (take) the phts during the mnth f June, just after the rain. The air was full f small drps f water, shwing the light and the clr 79 the things arund. As clr was brn ut f a dance between light and a bdy, when phtgraphing in clr I fund 80 (I) enjying a mment f this dance.
【答案】
71．the 72．pieces 73．seen 74．imagining 75．that 76．freely 77．amazing 78．tk 79．f 80．myself
【导语】本文主要介绍了作者参观苏州古典园林的经历。
71．句意：在参观期间，我的注意力从植物、桥梁和石头上转移到了花园的墙壁上。根据“walls f the gardens.”可知此处是特指花园的墙壁，应用定冠词the，故填the。
72．句意：大部分墙壁是白色的，有些部分正在失去小块的覆盖物。piece“块”，可数名词，此处应用复数表示泛指，故填pieces。
73．句意：这创造了可以看到光线和植物的空间。see是动词，根据“can be”可知是含有情态动词can的被动语态can be dne，故填seen。
74．句意：我一直在想象，它们能收集多少影子，与光共舞。keep ding sth“一直做某事”，为固定短语，故填imagining。
75．句意：这个奇妙的时刻是如此的生动，以至于我带着相机回来探索它。根据“s came back t explre it with my camera.”可知此处是“如此……以至于……”引导的结果状语从句，故填that。
76．句意：在这些墙壁和它们的标记上自由地工作，我开始想收集所有画在那里的故事。free是形容词，此处修饰动词应用副词freely，故填freely。
77．句意：天气和时间把这些令人惊叹的白墙变成了中国山水画。空后是名词，所以此处应用形容词amazing“令人惊奇的”修饰物，故填amazing。
78．句意：这些照片是我在六月雨后拍摄的。take是动词，根据语境和后句可知，本句是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填tk。
79．句意：空气中充满了小水滴，显示出周围事物的光和颜色。根据“the things arund”可知是指周围事物的颜色，应用f所有格，表示“……的”，故填f。
80．句意：因为色彩是光与身体之间的舞蹈而产生的，所以当我拍摄彩色照片时，我发现自己在享受这种舞蹈的时刻。根据“I a mment f this dance.”可知主语是I，所以宾语应该用反身代词myself，故填myself。
（2023·湖南衡阳·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填一个适当的词或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
Our family bught a new smart TV set last week. It is 81 (real) cl! But we didn’t knw what we shuld d 82 the ld ne. Then I 83 (see) an advertisement (广告) fr Tech-Help. Tech-Help dnates smart TV sets t peple wh need them.
84 far, Tech- Help has dnated (捐赠) 85 (many) than 2,000 smart TV sets t different families acrss the cuntry. Last year they gave smart TV sets t pr families. 86 is very easy t dnate smart TV sets t Tech-Help. Yesterday, my brther 87 I tk the ld smart TV set t a lcal shp. Tw 88 (hur) later, Tech-Help cllected it frm the shp. They will clean the smart TV set and make it better.
Right nw, Tech-Help is giving smart TV sets t families in Xinjiang. There are abut 50 families n the 89 (wait) list. They believe they will get the smart TV sets sn. I’m 90 (excite) we culd d smething t help thers!
【答案】
81．really 82．with 83．saw 84．S 85．mre 86．It 87．and 88．hurs 89．waiting 90．excited
【导语】本文介绍了上周作者家买了一台新电视，如何处理旧的就成了问题，幸好看到了Tech-Help，在它的帮助下，作者和哥哥将旧电视捐赠给了需要的人。
81．句意：它真的很酷！cl是形容词，所以应用副词really修饰，故填really。
82．句意：但我们不知道该怎么处理旧的。此处是固定短语d with“处理”，故填with。
83．句意：然后我看到了一则Tech-Help的广告。see“看见”，动词。根据前句可知句子是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填saw。
84．句意：到目前为止，Tech-Help已经向全国各地的不同家庭捐赠了2000多台智能电视。根据“, Tech- Help has dnated...”可知本句是现在完成时，所以应用时间状语s far“到目前为止”，故填S。
85．句意：到目前为止，Tech-Help已经向全国各地的不同家庭捐赠了2000多台智能电视。根据“than”可知应用比较级mre，故填mre。
86．句意：向Tech-Help捐赠智能电视机非常容易。此处是动词不定式作真正的主语，it作形式主语，故填It。
87．句意：昨天，我和哥哥把那台旧的智能电视带到当地的一家商店。根据“my tk the ld smart TV set t a lcal shp.”可知空处前后是并列关系，应用and连接，故填and。
88．句意：两小时后，Tech-Help从商店取走了它。hur“小时”，可数名词，tw后加名词复数，故填hurs。
89．句意：大约有50个家庭在等候名单上。wait是动词，此处应用其ing形式作定语修饰list，故填waiting。
90．句意：我很高兴我们能做些事情来帮助别人！excite“激动”，此处是作表语，应用形容词，修饰人，应用excited，故填excited。
（2023·湖南怀化·统考中考真题）
阅读下面的短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Many peple ften leave their hmetwns t wrk in the cities. Zhang Bin, 91 46-year- ld man frm Huaihua, is ne such persn. He 92 (wrk) in a she factry in Wenzhu. He 93 (real) misses his hmetwn.
Mre and mre hmetwns are develping 94 (fast) than befre. Large hspitals and new schls are built. There are many new rads and 95 (bridge). This has made traveling between villages 96 cities much easier. Thanks t the new rads arund his village, Zhang Bin will nw be able 97 (pen) an nline shp that sells delicius fd frm his hmetwn.
Zhang Bin thinks the changes 98 (be) great in his hmetwn. He is very happy abut the new schl in his village. 99 , he believes that ne thing will never change — the lvely ld tree. The hmetwn is the place that hlds 100 (he) best memries.
【答案】
a 92．wrks 93．really 94．faster 95．bridges
96．and 97．t pen 98．are 99．Hwever 100．his
【导语】本文主要以张斌为例，讲述了一些离开家乡去城市里工作的人发现家乡发生了很大的变化。
91．句意：来自怀化的46岁男子张斌就是这样一个人。此处表示泛指，且46对应的英文是frty-six，是以辅音音素开头的，故填a。
92．句意：他在温州的一家鞋厂工作。此句是一般现在时，主语He是第三人称单数形式，动词用三单，故填wrks。
93．句意：他非常想念他的家乡。此空修饰动词misses，应填副词really，故填really。
94．句意：越来越多的家乡比以前发展得快。根据than可知，此空应填比较级，故填faster。
95．句意：有许多新的道路和桥。此空与rads构成并列关系，所以此空应填复数形式，故填bridges。
96．句意：这使得乡村和城市之间的旅行更加容易。between…and“在……和……之间”，故填and。
97．句意：由于村里修了新路，张斌现在可以开网店卖家乡的美食了。be able t d sth“能够做某事”，故填t pen。
98．句意：张斌认为家乡的变化很大。此句是一般现在时，主语changes是复数形式，be动词用are，故填are。
99．句意：然而，他相信有一件事永远不会改变——那棵可爱的老树。“he believes that ne thing will never change — the lvely ld tree”与前文是转折关系，此空位于句首，且空格后有逗号隔开，应填副词hwever“然而”，故填Hwever。
100．句意：家乡是拥有他最美好的回忆的地方。此空修饰名词memries，应填形容词性物主代词his，故填his。
（2023·浙江绍兴·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
When Reshma Ksaraju was 12, her family 101 (mve) frm Chicag t Nrthern Califrnia. Sn after, the Camp Fire started. “It was ne f 102 (big) fires in Califrnia histry,” Reshma, nw 17, tld TIME fr Kids. 103 her schl was abut 320 kilmeters suth f the fire, students still had t wear masks (面罩) because 104 the smke. “It is an unusual experience fr me, because I have never 105 (real) experienced this prblem,” she said. S she hped 106 (deal) with the prblem. Later she created a 107 (use) way t predict frest fires with artificial intelligence (人工智能). Her methd is nearly 90% right. “ 108 realized that if I culd succeed, the results culd make 109 big difference. Fr example, the envirnment can be helped and many 110 (life) can be saved,” Reshma said.
【答案】
101．mved 102．the biggest 103．Thugh/Althugh 104．f 105．really 106．t deal 107．useful 108．I 109．a 110．lives
【导语】本文主要介绍Reshma Ksaraju发明人工智能预测森林火灾的方法。
101．句意：当Reshma Ksaraju 12岁时，她的家人从芝加哥搬到了北加州。根据“When Reshma Ksaraju was 12”可知，时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式。故填mved。
102．句意：这是加州历史上最大的火灾之一。此处是“ne f+the+最高级+名词复数”结构，故填the biggest。
103．句意：虽然她的学校在火灾以南约320公里处，但由于浓烟弥漫，学生们仍然不得不戴上口罩。分析“ schl was abut 320 kilmeters suth f the fire, students still had t wear masks...”可知，前后构成让步关系，用thugh/althugh引导让步状语从句。故填Thugh/Althugh。
104．句意：虽然她的学校在火灾以南约320公里处，但由于浓烟弥漫，学生们仍然不得不戴上口罩。根据“students still had t wear masks (面罩) smke”可知，由于浓烟弥漫，学生们仍然不得不戴上口罩，because f“因为”符合语境，故填f。
105．句意：对我来说是一次不寻常的经历，因为我从来没有真正经历过这个问题。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词形式，故填really。
106．句意：所以她希望能解决这个问题。hpe t d sth“希望做某事”，故填t deal。
107．句意：后来，她发明了一种用人工智能预测森林火灾的有用方法。此处在句中作定语修饰way，useful“有用的”符合语境，故填useful。
108．句意：我意识到，如果我能成功，结果会有很大的不同。此处在句中作主语，结合“ that if I culd succeed”可知，应用I作主语。故填I。
109．句意：我意识到，如果我能成功，结果会有很大的不同。make a big difference“产生重大影响、有很大的不同”，固定短语。故填a。
110．句意：例如，环境可以得到改善，许多生命可以得到拯救。life“生命”，many修饰可数名词复数。故填lives。
（2023·浙江温州·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的适当形式。
Tina is a thirteen-year-ld middle schl student. Last year, she went t 111 summer schl in France and stayed with a lcal family, the Truffauts.
At first, things didn’t g well 112 she culdn’t speak French. Simple things like finding the right bus stp became big prblems. The Truffauts helped her a lt and treated her like part f the family. They played 113 (game) and shared traditinal fd with her. Tina was helpful as well. She did sme husewrk with the family every day. On the weekend, she 114 (jin) a cmmunity club and did vlunteer wrk. Fr mst f the time, she used bdy language t cmmunicate. Peple shwed 115 (they) thanks with smiles and she wuld always smile back. Language was nt a prblem 116 her any mre. As a new member f the club, Tina 117 (invite) t have parties with the ther members. Day by day, she made mre friends. Tina began 118 (lve) her new life. “A smile is a secnd language we were brn t speak. It is als the best gift I have gt,” she ften said 119 (prud).
Smiles and a helping hand can always make peple 120 (clse) than a language can.
【答案】
111．a 112．because/as 113．games 114．jined 115．their 116．fr 117．was invited 118．lving/t lve 119．prudly 120．clser
【导语】本文主要讲述了蒂娜如何在法国适应上她的新生活。
111．句意：去年，她去了法国的一所暑期学校，并住在当地的一个家庭，特吕福一家。summer schl为第一次出现，且summer为辅音音素开头的单词，因此应用不定冠词a来泛指“一所暑期学校”。故填a。
112．句意：刚开始，事情进展并不顺利，因为她不会说法语。空格前后两个句子存在语义上的因果关系，前为果，后为因，因此可用because或as来引导原因状语从句。故填because/as。
113．句意：他们和她一起玩游戏，和她分享传统食物。根据“played”可知此处应用动词短语play games表示“玩游戏”。故填games。
114．句意：周末，她加入了一个社区俱乐部，并承担志愿者工作。根据“and did”可知句子采用一般过去时，动词jin的过去式为jined。故填jined。
115．句意：人们用微笑表示感谢，她总是回以微笑。thanks为名词，此处应用人称代词they的形容词性物主代词their修饰名词。故填their。
116．句意：语言对她来说不再是个问题。根据“Language was nt a prblem”可知此处表示语言对她来说不是问题，应用介词fr来表示“对……而言”。故填fr。
117．句意：作为俱乐部的新成员，蒂娜被邀请和其他成员一起聚会。句子应用一般过去时。根据“Tina”和“invite”可知此处应用其被动语态表示“她被邀请”，句子采用一般过去时的被动语态，其谓语结构为：was/were+过去分词，主语Tina为第三人称单数，be动词应用was，动词invite的过去分词为invited。故填was invited。
118．句意：蒂娜开始爱上她的新生活。根据“began”可知此处应用动词短语begin ding sth或begin t d sth表示“开始做某事”，动词lve的动名词为lving，其不定式为t lve。故填lving/t lve。
119．句意：“微笑是我们生来就要说的第二种语言。这也是我得到的最好的礼物，”她经常自豪地说。said为动词，此处应用prud的副词prudly来修饰动词。故填prudly。
120．句意：微笑和伸出援助之手总是比语言更能拉近人们的距离。根据“than”可知此处应用形容词clse的比较级clser。故填clser。
（2023·山东烟台·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文、在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
During this year’s May Day hliday, Yemeni (也门) student Mhammed Saleh Ahmed and his Chinese friends visited Pingya ancient city in Shanxi Prvince. They even experienced the ancient way f getting mney in the 121 (early) bank f China.
“The histrical relics (遗迹) in China’s ancient 122 (city) have made me want t learn mre abut the cuntry’s past,” Mhammed said. In recent years, turism industries have develped 123 (rapid) and these relics have becme new favrites f turists.
Xinzhu ancient city in Shanxi, with a histry f mre than 1,800 years, 124 (have) ver 500 stres and restaurants. During the five-day hliday, Xinzhu ancient city received mre than 400,000 visitrs.
“ 125 (I) restaurant is always busy. During the peak (高峰) seasn, the yard is 126 (crwd) with turists waiting fr dinner,” said Wang Gudng, a businessman 127 wns a restaurant in Xinzhu ancient city.
Geng Yeqiang, an expert frm Shanxi University, said that histrical relics can frm a cultural turism circle during their prtectin and develpment. The prcess can increase lcal ecnmic(经济的) grwth. 128 expert als said, “At the same time, relics prtectin rganizatins and the turism rganizatins shuld wrk tgether 129 (make) this ecnmic mdel better.
When a mdern city meets its ld past, nt nly can the turism be develped better, but the lcal culture and histry can als 130 (knw) by mre peple.
【答案】
121．earliest 122．cities 123．rapidly 124．has had 125．My 126．crwed 127．wh/that 128．The 129．t make 130．be knwn
【导语】本文通过以山西平遥古城和忻州古城为例，讲述了开发文化旅游圈不仅可以促进当地的经济增长还可以宣传当地的文化和历史。
121．句意：他们甚至在中国最早的银行里体验了古老的取钱方式。根据“in the ... bank f China.”可知，句中含比较之意，the后跟形容词最高级，early的最高级是earliest。故填earliest。
122．句意：中国古城的历史遗迹使我想更多地了解这个国家城市的过去。city“可数名词”，此处是泛指城市，所以用其复数形式，故填cities。
123．句意：近年来，旅游业发展迅速，这些遗迹已成为游客的新宠。rapid“迅速的”，此处修饰动词develped，应用其副词形式rapidly“迅速地”，故填rapidly。
124．句意：山西忻州古城有1800多年的历史，有500多家商店和餐馆。根据“with a histry f mre than 1,800 years, 500 stres and restaurants.”及语境可知，此处应用现在完成时，强调对现在的影响，主语是Xinzhu ancient city，所以助动词用has，have的过去分词是had，故填has had。
125．句意：我的餐馆总是很忙。空处修饰动词restaurant，应用I对应的形容词性物主代词my，句首单词首字母要大写。故填My。
126．句意：在旺季，院子里挤满了等着吃饭的游客。根据“is ... with ”可知，此处考查短语be crwded with“挤满 ”，故填crwded。
127．句意：在忻州古城拥有一家餐馆的商人王国栋说。空后整个句子在句中作定语修饰名词a businessman，指人，在句中作主语，所以空处用关系词wh或that，故填wh/that。
128．句意：这个专家还说。上文已经提到了“Geng Yeqiang, an expert frm Shanxi University,”这个专家，再次提到应用定冠词the，故填The。
129．句意：同时，文物保护组织和旅游组织应该共同努力，使这种经济模式更好。“wrk tgether共同努力”的目的是“为了使这种经济模式更好”，所以此处用动词不定式作目的状语，故填t make。
130．句意：当一个现代的城市遇到它古老的过去，不仅可以更好地发展旅游业，而且当地的文化和历史也可以被更多的人所了解。主语“the lcal culture and histry”和knw之间是动宾关系，表示被了解，所以此处用被动语态（be dne），can后跟动词原形，knw的过去分词是knwn，故填be knwn。
（2023·四川宜宾·统考中考真题）
根据下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容（1个单词）或括号内单词的正确形式。
Schl gardening 131 (be) nw very ppular. Parents and teachers all like these hands-n lessns very much.
Students are 132 (excite) abut the gardening lessns, t. The lessns give them a new way 133 learning and help them relax.
The children dn’t have t sit at 134 (they) desks all day. The gardening lessns teach them smething that they can’t learn in the classrm. Als, they have a chance 135 (mve) utside and get hands dirty.
Teachers ask students t take gardening 136 (serius). In gardens, students watch carefully with a purpse. They can see the 137 (begin), the middle and the end f the prject. Hwever, sme schls dn’t have enugh space fr a garden, s the lessns can be 138 (give) in the cmmunity gardens r parks.
“Gardening is 139 imprtant subject,” many teachers say, “It nt nly lets students knw where ur fd cmes frm, 140 als makes them have mre lve fr the earth. Gardening is nt just a hbby, it’s a life skill.”
【答案】
131．is 132．excited 133．f 134．their 135．t mve 136．seriusly 137．beginning 138．given 139．an 140．but
【导语】本文主要介绍了学校的园艺课。
131．句意：校园园艺现在很受欢迎。根据“nw”可知句子应用一般现在时，主语Schl gardening为第三人称单数，be动词应用is。故填is。
132．句意：学生们也对园艺课感到兴奋不已。根据“are”和“abut”可知此处应用形容词短语be excited abut表示“对……感到兴奋”。故填excited。
133．句意：这些课程给了他们一种新的学习方式，帮助他们放松。根据“a new way”和“learning”可知此处应用a way f ding sth表示“做某事的方式”。故填f。
134．句意：孩子们不必整天坐在书桌前。desks为名词，其前应用they的形容词性物主代词their来修饰名词desks。故填their。
135．句意：此外，他们有机会到外面去，把手弄脏。根据“have a chance”可知此处应用动词短语have a chance t d sth表示“有做……的机会”，动词mve的不定式为t mve。故填t mve。
136．句意：老师要求学生认真对待园艺。根据“take gardening”可知此处用动词短语take sth seriusly表示“认真对待某事”，副词seriusly修饰动词take。故填seriusly。
137．句意：他们可以看到项目的开始、中期和结束。定冠词后加名词，动词begin的名词为beginning。故填beginning。
138．句意：然而，有些学校没有足够的空间建花园，所以可以在社区花园或公园上课。根据“the lessns can be”可知主语the lessns与动词give存在逻辑上的被动关系，此处应用含有情态动词can的被动语态，其谓语结构为：can be+过去分词，动词give的过去分词为given。故填given。
139．句意：园艺是一个重要的项目。根据“imprtant prject”可知prject为单数名词，且imprtant为元音音素开头的单词，因此应用不定冠词an来表泛指。故填an。
140．句意：它不仅让学生知道我们的食物来自哪里，而且让他们对地球有更多的热爱。根据“nt nly”和“als”可知此处应用nt nly…but als…来表示“不仅……而且……”。故填but。
（2023·山东枣庄·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。把答案写在答题卡的横线上。
When May Day cmes, it means that peple will have several vacatin days. Are yu srry fr nt traveling during the vacatin this year? If yu stayed at hme, I think yu made a gd 141 (chse). Why? Because there were a lt f peple in many 142 (place) f interest in China. They were t crwded fr the peple t have a gd time.
It was 143 (reprt) that there were ver 100,000 peple n Munt Tai n May 1st, 2023. Yu culdn’t take phts fr yu r 144 (yu) friends. Yu even had n place t rest. A friend f mine 145 (tell) me he culd see nthing except lts f peple n Munt Tai. “We culdn’t walk if the peple 146 frnt f us didn’t walk,” He said. He shwed me a pht taken n Munt Tai. In 147 pht, I hardly fund him, because there were s many peple.
S sme peple advise that we shuld just stay at hme 148 (avid) t many peple. Hwever, ther peple disagree with them. They think it’s 149 (excite) t g traveling. I lve staying at hme mre 150 traveling. What’s yur idea?
【答案】
141．chice 142．places 143．reprted 144．yur 145．tld 146．in 147．the 148．t avid 149．exciting 150．than
【导语】本文介绍了五一假期期间应该待在家还是出去旅游的一些不同的观点，并举例说明。
141．句意：如果你待在家里，我认为你做了一个不错的选择。空前有a修饰，空处应用单数名词，chse的名词是chice，故填chice。
142．句意：因为有很多人都去中国的许多名胜古迹旅游。空前有many修饰，此处名词应用复数形式，故填places。
143．句意：据报道，2023年5月1日，泰山上有超过10万人。空前有was，此处动词应用过去分词形式，构成一般过去时的被动结构，构成句型“It was reprted that...”，表示“据报道……”，故填reprted。
144．句意：你不能为你或你的朋友拍照。空处修饰其后的名词，指的是“你的朋友”，应用形容词性物主代词，故填yur。
145．句意：我的一个朋友告诉我，他在泰山上除了很多人什么也看不见。描述过去的事情，动词用过去式，故填tld。
146．句意：如果前面的人不走，我们就走不动。结合“frnt f us”可知，此处是短语in frnt f“在……前面”，故填in。
147．句意：在照片里，我几乎找不到他，因为人太多了。根据“He shwed me a pht taken n Munt Tai.”可知，此处再次提到前面提到的名词pht，应用定冠词the，故填the。
148．句意：所以有些人建议我们应该待在家里，以避免太多人。空处表示目的，应用不定式作目的状语，故填t avid。
149．句意：他们认为去旅游是令人兴奋的。空处修饰“t g traveling”这件事情，应用-ing形容词作表语，故填exciting。
150．句意：比起旅游，我更喜欢待在家里。根据“mre”可知，此处是“staying at hme”和“traveling”的比较，应用than“比”，故填than。
（2023·浙江金华·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
Hanfu has becme ppular again in recent years. A grwing number f yung peple in China are starting t wear the 151 (traditin) Han Chinese clthing. The style has even attracted sme freigners. One f them is Rian, a yung man frm Brazil.
Rian lives in Xi’an. Tw years ag, he came t the beautiful city and became 152 English teacher at a kindergarten. After 153 (see) many peple wearing Hanfu in the streets, Rian develped a strng interest in it and wanted 154 (try) it n himself. “My first taste f Hanfu was the Tang style. 155 is fun t wear it,” said the yung man. “Tday, it is still my favrite Hanfu style.” Every time he puts it n, he feels as if he has travelled back t ancient times.
Since then, Hanfu has helped Rian learn mre 156 China. In the past, the nly thing he 157 (knw) abut the cuntry was that it had a lng histry and a rich culture. But nw Hanfu has shwn him mre details abut Chinese culture.
He wants t share his feelings with friends bth in China 158 abrad, s he begins t make shrt 159 (vide) f himself trying n Hanfu and psts them up n Western scial media platfrms. It has 160 (quick) becme a ht hit n the Internet. He spreads Chinese culture in his wn way.
【答案】
151．traditinal 152．an 153．seeing 154．t try 155．It 156．abut 157．knew 158．and 159．vides 160．quickly
【导语】本文主要介绍了来自巴西的年轻人Rian对汉服非常感兴趣，他也制作短视频传播中国文化。
151．句意：越来越多的中国年轻人开始穿传统的汉服。空格后是名词，此处用形容词traditinal“传统的”。故填traditinal。
152．句意：两年前，他来到这个美丽的城市，在一所幼儿园当了英语老师。此处泛指“一名老师”，English以元音音素开头，用不定冠词an。故填an。
153．句意：在街上看到许多人穿着汉服后，瑞安对汉服产生了浓厚的兴趣，并想亲自试穿。介词后加动名词。故填seeing。
154．句意：在街上看到许多人穿着汉服后，瑞安对汉服产生了浓厚的兴趣，并想亲自试穿。want t d sth.“想要做某事”。故填t try。
155．句意：穿上它很有趣。It is adj. t d sth.“做某事是……的”。故填It。
156．句意：从那时起，汉服帮助Rian更多地了解中国。根据“learn ”可知是更了解中国，用介词abut。故填abut。
157．句意：在过去，他对这个国家唯一了解的是它有着悠久的历史和丰富的文化。根据“In the past”可知句子用一般过去时，动词用过去式knew“知道”。故填knew。
158．句意：他想与国内外的朋友分享自己的感受，于是他开始制作自己尝试汉服的短视频，并将其发布在西方社交媒体平台上。“两者都”。故填and。
159．句意：他想与国内外的朋友分享自己的感受，于是他开始制作自己尝试汉服的短视频，并将其发布在西方社交媒体平台上。此处表示泛指用名词复数vides“视频”。故填vides。
160．句意：它在互联网上迅速走红。修饰动词用副词quickly“快速地”。故填quickly。
（2023·浙江宁波·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
One day at schl, smething strange caught Ann’s attentin. Lily 161 (quick) put a bag in her wn desk, making Ann feel unusual. Later, she saw Lily secretly give smething 162 Cindy under the desk. It seemed that they decided 163 (d) smething withut her. Ann thught, “Hw can my best friend plan smething withut inviting me?” Even thugh they were still 164 (friend) t her, she was a little upset.
On the bus ride hme, Ann avided 165 (sit) next t Lily n purpse. She nticed Lily giving an envelpe t smene else, which made her even mre upset.
Later that evening, there was 166 knck n Ann’s dr. There std Cindy frm next dr, inviting her t Lily’s party. 167 first, Ann didn’t want t g and said n t her, explaining that they were n 168 (lng) friends. But Cindy kept asking Ann t cme alng.
When they arrived at Lily’s huse, everyne shuted, “Surprise!” Ann hardly 169 (believe) that. Lily smiled and said, “Tmrrw is yur birthday!” Ann was 170 mved that tears filled her eyes. She said thanks and hugged Lily.
【答案】
161．quickly 162．t 163．t d 164．friendly 165．sitting 166．a 167．At 168．lnger 169．believed 170．s
【导语】本文主要讲述了安的朋友们为她筹划生日派对，给她一个惊喜的故事。
161．句意：莉莉迅速地在自己的书桌里放了一个包，让安感到不寻常。此空修饰动词put，应填副词quickly“快速地”，故填quickly。
162．句意：后来，她看到莉莉在桌子底下偷偷给辛迪一些东西。give sth t sb“给某人某物”，动词短语，故填t。
163．句意：似乎她们决定做些什么瞒着她。decide t d sth“决定做某事”，此空应填动词不定式，故填t d。
164．句意：尽管他们对她仍然很友好，她还是有点心烦意乱。be friendly t sb“对某人友好”，形容词短语，故填friendly。
165．句意：在回家的公共汽车上，安故意避免坐在莉莉旁边。avid ding sth“避免做某事”，动名词作宾语，故填sitting。
166．句意：那天晚上晚些时候，有人敲安的门。此处表示有人敲门，knck是以辅音音素开头的，故填a。
167．句意：起初，安不想去，还拒绝了她，解释说他们不再是朋友了。at first“起初”，固定搭配，故填At。
168．句意：起初，安不想去，还拒绝了她，解释说他们不再是朋友了。n lnger“不再”，固定搭配，故填lnger。
169．句意：安几乎不相信。整段用的是一般过去时，此空应填过去式，故填believed。
170．句意：安感动得热泪盈眶。s…that“如此……以致于”，引导结果状语从句，故填s。
（2023·浙江·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
It was the fifth day f ur Italian jurney. We arrived at ur htel 171 (early) than usual. Dad ffered t take us t the ancient city f Pmpeii. I didn’t really want t g 172 I had n interest in ld cities.
We travelled there by train. On the way, Dad tld us smething abut 173 histry. Many years ag, Pmpeii was a large city near a vlcan(火山). The vlcan brke ut and 174 (cmplete) cvered the city in ash(灰). Abut twenty thusand peple 175 (kill). But the buildings remained there. And nw, 2,000 years later, peple arund the wrld cme here 176 (see) hw peple lived all thse years ag.
I had thught it was bring t visit the 2,000-year-ld 177 (huse), but I was wrng. They were very interesting! Mst f their rms 178 (have) fine paintings all ver the walls. I was als amazed at the bathrms. I’d lve a big bathrm in ur huse— 179 (ur) is s small!
Dad usually makes bad plans but this time he gets it right, finally. 180 a surprise! I gt really interested in Pmpeii. In fact, I’ve gt lts f ideas fr ur huse when we get hme!
【答案】
171．earlier 172．because/as 173．the 174．cmpletely 175．were killed 176．t see 177．huses 178．had 179．urs 180．What
【导语】本文讲述了作者和家人去庞贝古城的经历。
171．句意：我们到达旅馆的时间比平时早。根据“than”可知应用比较级，故填earlier。
172．句意：我并不是真的想去，因为我对古城没有兴趣。根据“I didn’t really want t had n interest in ld cities.”可知后句是前句的原因，此处可以用because或as引导原因状语从句，故填because/as。
173．句意：爸爸给我们讲了一些历史。此处是特指庞贝古城的历史，应用定冠词the，故填the。
174．句意：火山爆发了，整个城市被火山灰完全覆盖了。cmplete是形容词，此处修饰动词，应用副词，故填cmpletely。
175．句意：大约有两万人丧生。主语peple和动词kill之间是被动关系，应用被动语态，结合句子是一般过去时可知应用一般过去时的被动语态：was/were dne，主语是peple，be动词用were。故填were killed。
176．句意：现在，2000年过去了，世界各地的人们来到这里，看看那些年前人们是如何生活的。分析语境可知人们来到这里是为了看看那些年前人们是如何生活的，应用动词不定式作目的状语，故填t see。
177．句意：我原以为参观那些有2000年历史的老房子很无聊，但是我错了。huse“房子”，可数名词，此处应用复数表示泛指，故填huses。
178．句意：他们大多数房间的墙上都挂满了精美的油画。have“有”，动词，句子是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填had。
179．句意：我希望我们家有个大浴室——我们家的浴室太小了！此处是指“我们家的浴室”，空后无名词，应用名词性物主代词urs。故填urs。
180．句意：真是个惊喜！此处是感叹句，surprise是名词，应用what引导感叹句，故填What。
（2023·四川自贡·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
China is the birthplace f tea. Since ancient times, Chinese peple have been planting, picking, making and drinking tea. Chinese tea makers have develped 6 main kinds 181 tea—green, yellw, dark, white, lng and black teas. There are mre than 2,000 tea 182 (prduct) in China.
Tea was riginally used as herbal (香草的) medicine 183 (call) “tu”. During the treating prcess, peple gradually fund that tea culd nt nly cure illness 184 als help t clear heat away, s tea became 185 necessary drink. Nwadays, tea is ne f the wrld’s three majr drinks. It 186 (enjy) by peple all ver the wrld. Tea can be fund everywhere, such as in family activities, wrkplaces, teahuses and restaurants. It is als an imprtant 187 (cmmunicate) medium fr making friends, weddings and ther activities. S far, Chinese tea culture 188 (becme) an imprtant part f Chinese culture.
On Nvember 29th, 2022, China’s traditinal tea-making was 189 (successful) added t the intangible cultural heritage list (非物质文化遗产名录) f the UNESCO. China nw has the 190 (many) items (项目) n the list. The mve will help prtect and hand dwn Chinese tea culture. It als helps freign peple have a better understanding f Chinese tea, as well as Chinese culture.
【答案】
181．f 182．prducts 183．called 184．but 185．a 186．is enjyed 187．cmmunicatin 188．has becme 189．successfully 190．mst
【导语】本文是一篇说明文，介绍中国的茶文化。
181．句意：中国的茶叶制造商已经开发出6种主要的茶——绿茶、黄茶、红茶、白茶、乌龙茶和红茶。kinds f“各种”，固定短语，故填f。
182．句意：中国有2000多种茶叶产品。“mre than 2,000”修饰可数名词复数，故填prducts。
183．句意：茶最初被用作草药，被称为“荼”。此处应使用过去分词called作后置定语修饰其前的名词，故填called。
184．句意：在治疗过程中，人们逐渐发现茶不仅可以治病，还可以清热，因此茶成为一种必要的饮品。根据“peple gradually fund that tea culd nt nly cure help t clear heat away”可知，此处是nt als...结构，意为“不仅……而且……”。故填but。
185．句意：在治疗过程中，人们逐渐发现茶不仅可以治病，还可以清热，因此茶成为一种必要的饮品。此处泛指一种饮品，“necessary”首字母发辅音音素。故填a。
186．句意：它受到全世界人民的喜爱。本句主语是动作的承受者，时态是一般现在时，主语是It，故填is enjyed。
187．句意：它也是交友、婚礼和其他活动的重要交流媒介。此处在句中作定语修饰其后的名词，cmmunicatin medium“交流媒介”，故填cmmunicatin。
188．句意：迄今为止，中国茶文化已经成为中国文化的重要组成部分。根据“S far”可知，时态是现在完成时，主语是“Chinese tea culture”，助动词用has。故填has becme。
189．句意：2022年11月29日，中国传统制茶成功被列入联合国教科文组织非物质文化遗产名录。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词形式。故填successfully。
190．句意：中国现在拥有清单上最多的项目。此前有定冠词the修饰，用形容词最高级mst。故填mst。
（2023·四川达州·统考中考真题）
语法填空 阅读下面短文，在文章空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Basketball is 191 active and much-lved sprt that is enjyed by many fr fun and exercise. S far, the “Village Basketball Assciatin” at Taipan village in Guizhu has 192 (get) tns f attentin. The final game f the Guizhu cuntry basketball league (联赛), knwn 193 “Village BA”, tk place n March 27. The winner was Team Qiandngnan and prizes fr the team 194 (be) bags f rice, fish and ducks. The players were nt 195 (prfessin). Mst f them were farmers frm lcal villages and nearby cities. Mre than 30,000 peple frm acrss the cuntry pured int the small village t watch the game. Even a single 196 (sit) was hard t get. Peple kncked n irn pts and bwls t cheer fr players. Villagers perfrmed flk sngs and 197 (dance) in the halftime shw.
Since 2016, the lcal gvernment has wrked 198 (hardly) t build new standard basketball curts (篮球场) t supprt basketball develpment. Taipan has nw been a mdel place f rural vitalizatin (乡村振兴) in 199 (sprt) and turism (旅游业). In the summer f 2022, abut 500,000 visitrs came here t watch “Village BA” games. It brught great benefits (收益) t the village.
Zeng Jinlng, a 17-year-ld villager, has watched the games 200 he was 6 years ld. He said, “I dream f taking part in the ‘Village BA’ final ne day.”
【答案】
191．an 192． gt/gtten 193．as 194．were 195．prfessinal 196．seat 197．danced 198．hard 199．sprts 200．since
【导语】本文介绍篮球运动是一项深受人们喜爱的运动，也介绍了贵州台盘村的“村BA”。
191．句意：篮球是一项活跃而备受喜爱的运动，许多人都喜欢它来娱乐和锻炼身体。此处泛指一项运动，“active”首字母发元音音素，故填an。
192．句意：到目前为止，贵州台盘村的“乡村篮球协会”已经获得了大量的关注。本句时态是现在完成时，get的过去分词是gt/gtten，故填gt/gtten。
193．句意：被称为“村BA”的贵州乡村篮球联赛决赛于3月27日拉开帷幕。根据“The final game f the Guizhu cuntry basketball league (联赛), knwn...‘Village BA’”可知，此处是knwn as短语，意为“被称为”。故填as。
194．句意：冠军是黔东南队，该队的奖品是几袋大米、鱼和鸭子。本句时态是一般过去时，主语中心词“prizes”是复数，故填were。
195．句意：这些球员都不专业。此处在句中作表语，用形容词形式，故填prfessinal。
196．句意：连一个座位都很难订到。a修饰可数名词单数，seat“座位”符合语境，故填seat。
197．句意：村民们在中场表演中表演了民歌和舞蹈。本句时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填danced。
198．句意：自2016年以来，当地政府努力建设新的标准篮球场，以支持篮球运动的发展。wrk hard“努力工作”，故填hard。
199．句意：台盘现在已经成为乡村体育和旅游振兴的典范。此处与“turism”并列，使用名词复数形式，故填sprts。
200．句意：17岁的村民曾金龙从6岁起就开始观看比赛。根据“Zeng Jinlng, a 17-year-ld villager, has watched the was 6 years ld.”可知，此处是“现在完成时+since+一般过去时”结构，故填since。
（2023·四川南充·统考中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内所给单词的正确形式，并将答案写在答题卡相应的横线上。
Hw can I becme a better persn? This questin has been in my head fr lng. As students, we spend mst f ur time 201 (study). I knw that learning at schl 202 (make) us better persns, but I always dream f ding mre.
Last year, I gt t knw a grup f autistic (患自闭症的) children. We called 203 (they) “the Snails”. It was hard t cmmunicate with them at first, because they wuldn’t like t. After 204 tw-week training, I became mre skilled and gt 205 (clse) t them day by day. I als received much 206 (please) when playing with them. What’s mre, I fund that every ne f “the Snails” had his r her wn talent. And their clrful pictures n the wall caught my special attentin, 207 it was difficult t tell what they were trying t express.
208 (deep) mved by their pictures, I decided t hld a charity (慈善) sale. We walked n the busy street, selling their creative pictures. 60 pictures 209 (sell) that day. Peple thught their pictures were full 210 imaginatin.
Back t the questin abut hw t becme a better persn, I think I’m lucky enugh t get my wn answer.
【答案】
201．studying 202．makes 203．them 204．a 205．clser 206．pleasure 207．althugh/thugh 208．Deeply 209．were sld 210．f
【导语】本文主要介绍了作者如何帮助自闭症儿童，因此让自己变得更好就要学会去帮助他人。
201．句意：作为学生，我们把大部分时间都花在学习上。spend time ding sth表示“花费时间做某事”，固定短语。故填studying。
202．句意：我知道在学校学习使我们成为更好的人，但我总是梦想做得更多。动名词“learning at schl”作主语，谓语动词用单数形式。故填makes。
203．句意：我们称他们为“蜗牛”。动词called后跟代词宾格形式。故填them。
204．句意：经过两周的训练，我变得越来越熟练，一天天地接近他们。空处泛指“两周的培训”，且tw是以辅音音素开头，用不定冠词a修饰。故填a。
205．句意：经过两周的训练，我变得越来越熟练，一天天地接近他们。根据“I became mre skilled and gt ...(clse) t them day by day.”可知，此处暗含比较含义，表示“更接近他们”，clse的比较级为clser。故填clser。
206．句意：当我和他们一起玩的时候，我也得到了很多乐趣。much后跟不可数名词pleasure，表示“乐趣”。故填pleasure。
207．句意：他们挂在墙上的彩色图画引起了我的特别注意，尽管很难说出他们想表达什么。“their clrful pictures n the wall caught my special attentin,”和“ it was difficult t tell what they were trying t express”之间是让步关系，需用连词althugh/thugh表示“尽管”。故填althugh/thugh。
208．句意：他们的照片深深地打动了我，我决定举办一场慈善义卖。修饰动词需用副词形式deeply，表示“深深地”。故填Deeply。
209．句意：当天共售出60幅画。根据“We walked n the busy street, selling their creative pictures.”可知本句是一般过去时；且主语60 pictures和动词sell之间是被动关系，需用一般过去时的被动语态(was/were dne)。主语是复数，be动词用were，sell的过去分词为sld。故填were sld。
210．句意：人们认为他们的画充满了想象力。be full f表示“充满……”，是固定短语。故填f。
(2022中考真题）
（2022·广东深圳·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Surrunded(环绕) by muntains and snw, Chinese pianist Lang Lang played “Lving Dream”, “Jasmine Flwer” and “Gldberg Variatins” at the highest railway statin in central Switzerland. The shw was 1 (warm) welcmed by the audience. What he did helped 2 the cultural exchanges between China and Eurpe by means f music.
Lang Lang is ne f the leading 3 (musician) in the classical music wrld. Thugh he put n thusands f shws wrldwide, this was his first time t play 4 pian at the tp f a snwy muntain. The lw temperature 5 (make) it quite challenging fr him. Hwever, playing in a “fairytale-like” envirnment was a very special experience, accrding t Lang Lang,
“The piece ‘Jasmine Flwer’ 6 (chse) specially fr this shw,”Lang Lang said,”I played this beautiful piece frm my wn culture, hping 7 (draw) the audience’s interest in learning mre abut China thrugh the beauty f Chinese music.”
Befre Lang Lang played the 8 (three) piece, his fingers became a little cld, 9 he shwed n fear f the heavy snw and the thin air.”I hpe we will d mre cultural exchanges in the future s as t understand each ther better and build a 10 (clse) relatinship between the tw cuntries than befre,” added Lang Lang.
【答案】
1．warmly 2．with 3．musicians 4．the 5．made 6．was chsen 7．t draw 8．third 9．but/yet 10．clser
【导语】本文主要讲述了朗朗为中欧之间的文化交流进行了表演。
1．句意：演出受到观众的热烈欢迎。根据“welcmed”可知，副词修饰动词，warmly符合句意，故填warmly。
2．句意：他所做的一切都有助于通过音乐促进中欧之间的文化交流。根据“helped”可知，help with sth“在某方面帮助……”，故填with。
3．句意：郎朗是古典音乐界的主要音乐家之一。根据“ne f”可知，需要名词复数，故填musicians。
4．句意：虽然他在世界各地举办了数千场演出，但这是他第一次在雪山之巅弹钢琴。play the pian“弹钢琴”，故填the。
5．句意：低温对他来说很有挑战性。根据“Hwever, playing in a “fairytale-like” envirnment was a very special experience, accrding t Lang Lang,”可知，句子时态是一般过去时，made符合句意，故填made。
6．句意：《茉莉花》是专门为这次展览挑选的。根据“The piece”可知，与谓语动词chse是被动关系，因此是含有一般过去时的被动语态，was chsen符合句意，故填was chsen。
7．句意：我演奏了这首来自我自己文化的优美曲子，希望通过中国音乐的美来吸引听众更多地了解中国。hpe t d“希望做某事”，故填t draw。
8．句意：在朗朗演奏第三首之前，他的手指有点冷，但他并不害怕大雪和稀薄的空气。根据“piece”和全文内容可知，弹奏第三首曲子，需要序数词，故填third。
9．句意：在朗朗演奏第三首之前，他的手指有点冷，但他并不害怕大雪和稀薄的空气。根据“he shwed n fear f the heavy snw and the thin air.”可知，与前文构成转折，but/yet符合句意，故填but/yet。
10．句意：我希望我们今后能进行更多的文化交流，以便更好地相互了解，使两国关系比以前更加密切。根据“than befre”可知，需要比较级，clser符合句意，故填clser。
（2022·湖北荆门·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入适当的内容（1个单词）或括号内单词的正确形式（不超过3个单词）。
During the Dragn Bat Festival last year, 11 traditinal Chinese dance which was perfrmed underwater n Henan TV, went ppular arund the wrld.
The dance is named the Rhapsdy n the Lu River Gddess(《洛神水赋》). The gddess f Lu River 12 (play) by He Haha in the shw. Mst peple gt t knw the gddess in Ca Zhi’s petry. “Her bdy sars lightly like a startled swan. Gracefully, like a dragn in flight,” Ca wrte.
The dance is less than tw minutes, but it tk He Haha and her team abut 26 hurs underwater t make the vide. “Each time, I wuld hld my breath(呼吸) fr 50 secnds 13 (d) a part f the dance,” He Haha said. She was nce a synchrnized swimmer.
Althugh it was hard t finish the dance, He Haha felt really happy 14 she knew peple lved the dance very much. Chinese Freign Ministry spkespersn Hua Chunying als shared the vide nline. In many peple’s pinin, the dance underwater was much 15 (beautiful) than any dance they had enjyed befre.
It’s the Chinese culture f 5,000 years that makes the dance special and famus arund the wrld.
【答案】11．a 12．was played 13．t d 14．when 15．mre beautiful
【导语】本文主要介绍在水下表演的中国传统舞蹈《洛神水赋》。
11．句意：去年端午节期间，河南电视台在水下表演的中国传统舞蹈在世界各地流行开来。此处泛指一支中国传统舞蹈，“traditinal”首字母发辅音音素。故填a。
12．句意：洛河女神在剧中由何灏浩扮演。主语“The gddess f Lu River”是动作play的承受者，时态是一般过去时，所以用一般过去时的被动语态，主语是第三人称单数。故填was played。
13．句意：每次，我都会屏住呼吸50秒来跳一段舞蹈。此处在句中作目的状语，用动词不定式形式。故填t d。
14．句意：当何灏浩知道人们非常喜欢这个舞蹈时，她感到非常高兴。根据“He Haha felt really knew peple lved the dance very much.”可知，当何灏浩知道人们喜欢这个舞蹈时，她很高兴，用when引导时间状语从句。故填when。
15．句意：在许多人看来，水下的舞蹈比他们以前欣赏过的任何舞蹈都要美丽得多。根据“than”可知，此处用形容词比较级作表语，故填mre beautiful。
（2022·宁夏·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式（每空一词）。
Yu might think all penguins（企鹅）live smewhere 16 (real) cld like Antarctica（南极洲）, but it is nt true fr Felix. This 14-­year-­ld penguin nt nly lives in Africa, but is als a lvely pet in a family.
Felix’s way t becming a pet began abut ten 17 (year) ag, after he was caught in a fisherman’s net by mistake. He was t weak t swim away. Later, he was saved and taken back hme by a family. 18 their help, he sn became 19 (health) again. Hwever, 20 they tried t return him t the water, Felix refused t leave, s the family 21 (decide) t keep him instead. They even prepared a large rm with air-cnditining（空调）fr him.
Anther thing Felix likes 22 (much) than his cl and cmfrtable rm is his daily shpping trip t twn. His first and nly stp is at the lcal fish stre. There he buys tw fish and puts 23 (they) in his special backpack（背包）, because he enjys 24 (eat) fish. He is nw 25 ppular that he becmes an animal star.
【答案】
16．really 17．years 18．With 19．healthy 20．when 21．decided 22．mre 23．them 24．eating 25．s
【导语】本文是一篇记叙文。主要讲述了Felix如何成为一只宠物企鹅的故事。
16．句意：你可能认为所有的企鹅都生活在非常寒冷的地方，比如南极洲，但对Felix来说不是这样的。cld为形容词，应用副词来修饰，形容词real的副词是really。故填really。
17．句意：Felix的宠物之路始于十年前，当时他被渔夫的渔网误捕。基数词ten后接复数名词，名词year的复数形式为years。故填years。
18．句意：在他们的帮助下，他很快就恢复了健康。根据“their help”可知此处用with ne’s help表示“在某人的帮助下”，可知此处应用介词with，位于句首首字母应大写。故填With。
19．句意：在他们的帮助下，他很快就恢复了健康。系动词became后接形容词作表语。名词health意为“健康”，其形容词为healthy“健康的”，符合语境。故填healthy。
20．句意：然而，当他们试图把他送回水中时，Felix拒绝离开，所以这家人决定留下他。根据句子结构可知，此处缺少从句引导词，结合此处与后半句之间的关系可知，此处意为“当……时”，应用when来引导时间状语从句。故填when。
21．句意：然而，当他们试图把他送回水中时，Felix拒绝离开，所以这家人决定留下他。the family为主语，根据上下文可知讲述故事时句子采用一般将来时，因此应用动词decide的过去式decided。故填decided。
22．句意：相比于凉爽舒适的房间，Felix更喜欢的是另一件事，那就是每天去镇上购物。根据“than”可知此处应用比较级，much的比较级为mre。故填mre。
23．句意：在那里，他买了两条鱼，把它们放在他的特殊背包里，因为他喜欢吃鱼。puts为谓语动词，谓语动词后应用人称代词的宾格，they的宾格为them。故填them。
24．句意： 在那里，他买了两条鱼，并把它们放在他独特的背包里，因为他喜欢吃鱼。enjy ding sth.“喜欢做某事”，因此此处应用动词eat的动名词形式eating。故填eating。
25．句意：他现在很受欢迎，以至于成了一个动物明星。根据“ppular”和“that”可知，此处应用s，s＋adj./adv.＋that表示“如此……以至于”，引导结果状语从句。故填s。
（2022·贵州遵义·中考真题）
Wh were the 26 (ppular) stars during the winter hliday? Maybe the Beijing 2022 mascts(吉祥物). Bing Dwen Dwen and Shuey Rhn Rhn. As we knw, it was hard 27 (get) Bing Dwen Dwen during that time. Nw yu can see 28 (they) n the big screen! The mvie Me and My Winter Games 29 (cme) ut in February, 2022. This is the first time in Olympic histry that mascts have starred in a mvie.
In 30 mvie, Bing Dwen Dwen and Shuey Rhn Rhn travel t fur different 31 (wrld) and meet many friends, such 32 the Mnkey King, the Calabash Brthers, Vick and s n. They visit the Snw and Ice Fair. They pull tgether t challenge the scary but 33 (excite) skating games. They have truble getting away frm the snw strm. 34 the jurney is full f risks, they spend a happy and surprising vacatin.
“Our film is a gift fr Beijing 2022.” said the mvie’s prducer. “Thrugh it, we shw the cheerful, pen and 35 (cnfidence) spirit f China.”
【答案】
26．mst ppular 27．t get 28．them 29．came 30．the 31．wrlds 32．as 33．exciting 34．Althugh 35．cnfident
【导语】本文主要介绍了电影《我和我的冬奥》里面的剧情。
26．句意：寒假期间最受欢迎的明星是谁？根据“the”结合语境可知，此处应用形容词最高级，故填mst ppular。
27．句意：正如我们所知，那段时间很难得到冰墩墩。get“得到”，动词。it is hard t d sth“做某事很困难”，为固定句型。故填t get。
28．句意：现在你可以在大屏幕上看到他们了！they是代词主格，位于动词后，应用宾格形式，故填them。
29．句意：电影《我和我的冬奥》（Me and My Winter Games）于2022年2月上映。cme是动词，根据语境可知，动作已发生，应用一般过去时，故填came。
30．句意：在电影中，冰墩墩和雪容融旅行到四个不同的世界，结识了许多朋友，比如孙悟空、葫芦兄弟、维克等等。根据“,”可知此处是特指上文提到的电影，应用定冠词the，故填the。
31．句意：在电影中，冰墩墩和雪容融旅行到四个不同的世界，结识了许多朋友，比如孙悟空、葫芦兄弟、维克等等。wrld“世界”，是可数名词，different修饰可数名词复数，故填wrlds。
32．句意：在电影中，冰墩墩和雪容融旅行到四个不同的世界，结识了许多朋友，比如孙悟空、葫芦兄弟、维克等等。根据“many friends, Mnkey King, the Calabash Brthers, Vick and s n. ”可知此处是表示列举，such as“比如”，是固定短语，故填as。
33．句意：他们齐心协力挑战可怕但令人兴奋的滑冰比赛。excite是动词，此处应用形容词exciting修饰games，故填exciting。
34．句意：尽管旅途充满了风险，但他们度过了一个愉快而惊喜的假期。根据“the jurney is full f risks, they spend a happy and surprising vacatin.”可知前后是让步关系，应用althugh“尽管”引导让步状语从句，故填Althugh。
35．句意：通过它，我们展现了中国开朗、开放和自信的精神。cnfidence“自信”，是名词，此处应用形容词cnfident“自信的”修饰名词，故填cnfident。
（2022·四川·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
This stry is abut the saying “T see is t believe”. I 36 (live) in a small twn where anyne can easily get the 37 (late) news. I’m a lcal reprter. It’s my duty t search fr sme news that is 38 (value).
One day, we gt many 39 (call) frm the villagers, saying that smene fund 40 strange fish in the lake late at night. The fish had a strange shape that nbdy had ever seen befre. The news caught 41 (we) attentin. Later, several friends and I set up a tent, and waited by the lake. Fr a lng time, we all slept 42 (bad). All f us wanted 43 (g) hme fr a gd rest. Suddenly, we 44 (hear) sme strange nises frm the lake. We were full f energy again and started t find the truth. 45 when we saw it, we laughed, because it was just the cmmn fish with the big shape.
Frm this experience, we realize that we must find ut the truth by urselves.
【答案】
36．live 37．latest 38．valuable 39．calls 40．a 41．ur 42．badly 43．t g 44．heard 45．But
【导语】本文主要是作者通过讲述自己和朋友去发掘新消息的故事告诉我们眼见为实的这个道理。
36．句意：我住在一个小镇上，在那里任何人都可以很容易地得到最新的消息。根据“I… in a small twn”可知，此句陈述事实，句子用一般现在时，主语I是第一人称，动词用原形，故填live。
37．句意：我住在一个小镇上，在那里任何人都可以很容易地得到最新的消息。此空缺少形容词修饰名词news，latest“最新的”符合，故填latest。
38．句意：搜寻一些有价值的新闻是我的职责。is后接形容词作表语，valuable“有价值的”符合，故填valuable。
39．句意：一天，我们接到很多村民打来的电话，说有人在深夜里在湖里发现了一条奇怪的鱼。many修饰可数名词的复数形式，故填calls。
40．句意：一天，我们接到很多村民打来的电话，说有人在深夜里在湖里发现了一条奇怪的鱼。此处表示“一条奇怪的鱼”，表泛指，且strange是以辅音音素开头的，故填a。
41．句意：这消息引起了我们的注意。此空修饰名词attentin，应填形容词性物主代词，故填ur。
42．句意：很长一段时间，我们都睡不好觉。此空修饰动词slept，应填副词badly，故填badly。
43．句意：我们大家都想回家好好休息一下。want t d sth“想要做某事”，固定搭配，故填t g。
44．句意：突然，我们听到湖里传来一些奇怪的声音。描述过去发生的事情，要用一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填heard。
45．句意：但当我们看到它时，我们都笑了，因为它只是普通的大形状的鱼。“when we saw it, we laughed, because it was just the cmmn fish with the big shape”与前文是转折关系，故填But。
（2022·山东东营·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，用括号内所给动词的适当形式填空(必要时可加情态动词或助动词)。
It was arund 3 ’clck p.m. n Sunday. Gina 46 (play) basketball with her brther Bill utside when she saw a car stp in frnt f Jenny’s huse. Jenny jumped ut f the car, and Gina culd hear a lt f vices laughing and saying gdbye t Jenny. The car 47 (drive) away and Jenny jumped t her frnt dr. Gina felt terribly uncmfrtable, and her eyes started t water.
“Hey, what’s wrng?” Bill asked.
“Nthing. I dn’t want t play anymre.” Gina strmed inside and slammed (砰地关上) the dr. She went straight t her rm. Gina 48 (hear) Bill talking t her mm in the living rm, but she didn’t want t talk t anyne.
“Gina, are yu OK?” her mm asked. “What ________ yu 49 (d) inside, my dear? May I cme in?”
Gina pened the dr. Her mm always had sme gd ideas t help her.
“What’s ging n, Gina?” Mm asked.
“Jenny went smewhere with ur friends, but she didn’t invite me,” Gina said. “That’s nt very nice. After all, we 50 (be) friends fr nearly 5 years.”
“Oh, hney, I’m srry. I will be pretty upset t if I 51 (feel) left ut. Maybe Jenny knew that yu wuldn’t like what they were ging t d,” Mm suggested. “Why dn’t yu talk with Jenny n Mnday?”
“I dn’t want t talk t her. I 52 (leave) her ut.”
“Well ignring(忽视) anther persn is a gd chice, but I dn’t think this is the right time t d that. Yu might lse Jenny as a friend if yu make such a chice withut 53 (talk) abut it with her,” replied Mm.
“I still want Jenny t be my friend, but talking abut it is uncmfrtable. I just expect her 54 (knw) what’s wrng and say she’s srry.”
“That might happen, but it might nt. I really think talking t her abut hw yu feel is the best way.”
“OK, Mm, I will. Thanks,” Gina said.
And guess what? Gina’s mm was right! A new snake shw 55 (hld) that day. Jenny knew Gina didn’t like snakes, s she didn’t invite her.
Gina was glad she had talked t Jenny t slve the prblem.
【答案】
46．was playing 47．drve 48．heard 49．are; ding 50．have been 51．feel 52．will leave 53．talking 54．t knw 55．was held
【导语】本文讲述了吉娜的朋友珍妮没有邀请吉娜去看展出，于是吉娜很不高兴，打算和珍妮绝交。后来在母亲的建议下，吉娜和珍妮交谈了，了解了事情的真相后，挽回了两人的友谊。
46．句意：吉娜正和哥哥比尔在外面打篮球。根据“It was arund 3 ’clck p.m. n Sunday.”以及“when she saw a car stp in frnt f Jenny’s huse.”可知，本句是when引导的时间状语从句，表示当一个动作发生时，另一个动作正在进行，从句是一般过去时，所以主句应用过去进行时，主语是单数名词，be动词应用was，故填was playing。
47．句意：汽车开走了，珍妮蹦跳着奔向自己家的前门。连词and连接的是两个并列句，而后一个句子是一般过去时，故本句也是一般过去时，故应填drive的过去式，故填drve。
48．句意：吉娜听到比尔在起居室和妈妈在谈话，但是她不想跟任何人谈话。连词but连接的是两个并列句，而后一个句子是一般过去时，故本句也是一般过去时，故应填hear的过去式，作为前一个并列句的谓语。故填heard。
49．句意：亲爱的，你在里面干什么？本句是引用原话，在直接引语中，说的是现在正在发生的动作，故用现在进行时。故填are；ding。
50．句意：我们作为朋友已经接近五年了。根据句中“fr nearly 5 years”可知，本句是现在完成时，主语是we，助动词用have，故填have been。
51．句意：如果我感到受冷落，我也会感到很不安的。主句为一般现在时，而在条件状语从句中用一般现在时代替一般将来时。从句主语是I，动词用原形，故填feel。
52．句意：我不会理她的。根据上文“Why dn’t yu talk with Jenny n Mnday?”和“I dn’t want t talk t her.”可知，本句说的是将不会做的事情，故本句用一般将来时。故填will leave。
53．句意：如果你选择这样做，你也许会失去珍妮这样一个朋友。withut是介词，此处应填talk的动名词，作为介词withut的宾语。故填talking。
54．句意：我只是希望她知道哪里错了，并希望她道歉。本句是expect sb t d sth结构，意思是“期望某人做某事”，故填knw的不定式，作为补足语。故填t knw。
55．句意：那晚举办了一场关于蛇的展览。主语和动词hld是动宾关系，故用被动语态（即“be+过去分词”结构）；根据时间状语“that day”可知，事情发生在过去，故用一般过去时的被动。故填was held。
（2022·山东淄博·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入适当的内容（不多于3个单词）或括号内单词的正确形式。
Hanging a red lantern in frnt f the dr is believed t drive ff bad luck. The first Chinese paper lanterns 56 (invent) during the Eastern Han Dynasty (东汉). In ancient China, peple raised lanterns t get light and wish fr a better life. Als, lanterns were widely used n festivals. Nwadays, it has becme a traditin that bth big cities 57 small twns are filled with red lanterns during the festival.
The materials fr making lanterns are simple. Peple can 58 (make) bamb, wd and metal int frames (框架) f lanterns. Paper and silk 59 (be) the main materials fr cvers. Peple like t paint beautiful Chinese pictures n 60 (they). The traditinal lantern is cvered by rice paper with a candle burning inside. Lights shine thrugh the rice paper 61 night. That is really Chinese style. The mst cmmn Chinese lanterns are red, rund and with red r glden tassels (流苏). They are seen as bright symbls f happiness and gd 62 (wish). In Chinese culture, lanterns in different clrs express different meanings.
Peple 63 (usual) light several lanterns fr the Chinese New Year, and enjy lantern shws with family during the Lantern Festival Lanterns light the night f festivals. Happiness and jy spread int different families by these different lanterns. Lanterns are als used in all kinds 64 celebratins. Lanterns have becme the natinal 65 (prud) in China
【答案】
56．were invented 57．and 58．make 59．are 60．them 61．at 62．wishes 63．usually 64．f 65．pride
【导语】本文主要介绍了灯笼的起源，制作材料以及它的用处。
56．句意：中国最早的纸灯笼发明于东汉时期。主语与动词invent之间是被动关系，且描述过去发生的事情，应用一般过去时被动语态，主语是复数形式，助动词用were，故填were invented。
57．句意：如今，无论是大城市还是小城镇，在节日期间都挂满红灯笼已经成为一种传统。bth…and“……和……都”，故填and。
58．句意：人们可以用竹子、木头和金属做成灯笼的框架。情态动词后接动词原形，故填make。
59．句意：纸和丝绸是制作封面的主要材料。此句是一般现在时，and连接并列主语看作复数形式，be动词用are，故填are。
60．句意：人们喜欢在上面画美丽的中国画。介词n后接人称代词宾格作宾语，故填them。
61．句意：夜晚，灯光透过宣纸。at night“在晚上”，固定搭配，故填at。
62．句意：它们被视为幸福和良好祝愿的明亮象征。wish“祝愿”，可数名词，此空应填名词复数形式，故填wishes。
63．句意：人们通常在中国新年点上几盏灯笼，并在元宵节时与家人一起欣赏花灯表演。分析句子结构可知，此空应填副词作状语，故填usually。
64．句意：灯笼也用于各种庆祝活动。all kinds f“各种各样的”，固定搭配，故填f。
65．句意：灯笼已经成为中国的民族骄傲。形容词natinal后接名词，prud对应的名词是pride，故填pride。
（2022·贵州安顺·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空格处填入适当的内容（1个单词）或使用括号内所给单词的正确形式填空（不超过3个单词）。
Chinese-American cmmunity grups are preparing t hld their secnd Internatinal Cnfucius Cultural Festival(国际孔子文化节) 66 September 8th in Flushing Queens, New Yrk City. The festival 67 (hld) nce a year. The event is nt nly t hnr the wrld-famus Chinese thinker, 68 als a chance t celebrate Chinese culture. One f 69 mst imprtant parts f the festival is t recite the Di Zi Gui. It is a bk based n Cnfucius’ teaching. In this bk, Cnfucius tld peple 70 t be gd persns and get n well with 71 (ther). This bk is translated as Standards fr Being a Gd Pupil and Child. During the festival, peple can als enjy Chinese 72 (traditin) dances, Shandng flk music and pht shws. The grups hsted the first Internatinal Cnfucius Cultural Festival n September 28th last year. It aimed t celebrate the 2,572nd anniversary (周年) f the birth f Cnfucius (551BC-479 BC)．
Cnfucius 73 (be) als a great educatr and a philspher, and he set up Cnfucianism. He was the ne 74 pened up private schls and received students frm every walk f life withut 75 (cnsider) their scial status (地位)．
【答案】
66．n 67．is held 68．but
69．the 70．hw 71．thers 72．traditinal 73．was 74．wh/that 75．cnsidering
【导语】本文是一篇说明文，介绍国际孔子文化节以及孔子的相关内容。
66．句意：美国华人社区团体正准备于9月8日在纽约市法拉盛皇后区举办第二届国际孔子文化节。“September 8th”是具体的时间，用时间介词n，故填n。
67．句意：节日在这里一年举行一次。主语是动作的承受者，时态是一般现在时，此处用一般现在时的被动语态，故填is held。
68．句意：这也是一个庆祝中国文化的机会。根据前一句“The event is nt nly t hnr the wrld-famus Chinese thinker”及空格后的“als”，可知此处考查nt nly……but als“不仅……而且”，故填but。
69．句意：这个节日最重要的部分之一就是背诵《弟子规》。此处是“ne f the+最高级+名词复数”结构，故填the。
70．句意：在这本书中，孔子告诉人们如何做一个好人，如何与他人友好相处。根据“Cnfucius tld be gd persns...”可知，孔子告诉人们如何做一个好人，hw“如何”符合语境，故填hw。
71．句意：在这本书中，孔子告诉人们如何做一个好人，如何与他人友好相处。此处作动词短语的宾语，用thers表示“其他人”，故填thers。
72．句意：在节日期间，人们还可以欣赏中国传统舞蹈、山东民族音乐和摄影表演。此处在句中作定语修饰“dances”，用形容词形式，故填traditinal。
73．句意：孔子也是一位伟大的教育家和哲学家，他创立了儒家学说。本句时态是一般过去时，主语是“Cnfucius”，故填was。
74．句意：是他开办了私立学校，不考虑社会地位，招收来自各行各业的学生。此处是定语从句，先行词是“the ne”，指人，引导词在从句中作主语，用wh/that连接。故填wh/that。
75．句意：是他开办了私立学校，不考虑社会地位，招收来自各行各业的学生。withut是介词，其后加动名词作宾语，故填cnsidering。
（2022·四川绵阳·中考真题）
阅读下面材料，在空白处填入1个恰当的词或括号内单词的正确形式(不超过3个单词) ，并将答案写在答题卡的相应位置。
Mr. Grdn was a kind ld man and the 76 (child) liked him. They enjyed his lessns and he enjyed 77 (teach) them.
One day, he visited Mr. Wd’s farm and talked t the Wds. “I 78 (be) a teacher fr frty years, but I have never met a by like Tny. He is very special. He needs 79 (wrk) with ther musical bys and girls. I knw his parents are pr, but I can give him 80 first pian lessn. And maybe Tny can g 81 the Cllege f Music in the daytime and wrk in a restaurant in the evenings.”
“N, he needn’t.” said Mr. Wd. “Tny is a gd by. He is like a sn t 82 (we). His parents are pr, but we are nt. We will pay fr his educatin.”
“That’s right!” said his wife. She was 83 (usual) a quiet wman, but she was 84 (excite) with bright eyes.
Tny 85 (knw) nthing abut their cnversatin. He was cleaning Mr. Wd’s new car when Mr. Grdn visited the farm. But that visit changed his life.
【答案】
76．children 77．teaching 78．have been 79．t wrk 80．the 81．t 82．us 83．usually 84．excited 85．knew
【导语】本文是一篇记叙文，向我们介绍善良的戈登先生愿意资助托尼学习。
76．句意：戈登先生是个善良的老人，孩子们都喜欢他。根据后句中的“They”可知，此处应使用名词复数children，表示“孩子们”，故填children。
77．句意：他们喜欢他的课，他也喜欢教他们。enjy ding sth“喜欢做某事”，故填teaching。
78．句意：我当老师已经40年了，但我从来没有遇到过像托尼这样的男孩。根据“fr frty years”可知，此处应使用现在完成时，主语是I，助动词用have，故填have been。
79．句意：他需要和其他音乐男孩和女孩一起工作。need t d sth“需要做某事”，故填t wrk。
80．句意：我知道他的父母很穷，但我可以给他上第一节钢琴课。此处用在序数词first前，用定冠词the，故填the。
81．句意：也许托尼可以白天上音乐学院，晚上在餐馆打工。g t sp“去某地”，故填t。
82．句意：他就像我们的儿子一样。此处在介词后作宾语，用宾格，故填us。
83．句意：她通常是一个安静的女人，但她很兴奋，眼睛明亮。此处在句中作状语，用副词形式，故填usually。
84．句意：她通常是一个安静的女人，但她很兴奋，眼睛明亮。此处在句中作表语，修饰人，故填excited。
85．句意：托尼对他们的谈话一无所知。本句时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填knew。
（2022·湖北襄阳·中考真题）
阅读下面的短文，在短文空白处填入一个适当的单词或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式，使短文的意思完整。
We can find Chinese peple grwing vegetables tirelessly in every crner f the wrld. When the Chinese mve int a huse in 86 freign cuntry, they always grw vegetables in the garden. Even at the frzen Suth Ple( 南极), there’s a “vegetable greenhuse” built up by the members f Zhngshan Scientific Research Statin, which 87 (true) prvides enugh vegetables. Such a difficult situatin cannt stp thse 88 (science) lve fr vegetable grwing.
Althugh mre cheap and fresh vegetables 89 (place) n the shelves f supermarkets, the Chinese peple’s lve fr grwing vegetables themselves never ges away. Besides, sme peple even build virtual(虚拟的) farms in smart phnes t get the 90 (please) f grwing vegetables.
Why d many Chinese grw vegetables in bth daily lives and the virtual wrld?
Such lve cmes frm the Chinese histry. 91 (fill) their stmachs, Chinese peple have frmed a traditin f hard wrk. In China’s culture, wrking hard slves the stmach prblem 92 studying satisfies the hunger fr knwledge.
And nw, smarter technlgies are used fr grwing vegetables. Even in the uter space, Chinese astrnaut Jing Haipeng shwed hw he grew vegetables in 93 (spacial) labratry f Tiangng-2 space statin. Nthing can prevent the Chinese peple 94 vegetable grwing. The “Chinese vegetable gardens” 95 (prduce) hpes acrss the wrld, and they als carry the best wishes f the Chinese peple t their ancestrs.
【答案】
86．a 87．truly 88．scientists’ 89．are being placed 90．pleasure 91．T fill 92．and 93．space 94．frm 95．are prducing
【导语】本文主要讲述了中国人对蔬菜种植的热情。
86．句意：当中国人在外国搬进一所房子时，他们总是在花园里种蔬菜。根据“ cuntry”可知是泛指“一个国家”，且freign是以辅音音素开头，应用a修饰，故填a。
87．句意：即使在冰冻的南极，也有中山科考站成员搭建的“蔬菜大棚”，真正提供了足够的蔬菜。true是形容词，此处应用副词修饰动词，故填truly。
88．句意：如此困难的情况不能阻止科学家们对蔬菜种植的热爱。根据“lve”可知此处应用形容词或名词所有格修饰名词lve，结合“Such a difficult situatin cannt stp thse”可知是不能阻止那些科学家们对于蔬菜种植的热爱，scientist“科学家”，名词，首先变为复数scientists，再加“ ’ ”，构成名词所有格，故填scientists’。
89．句意：虽然超市的货架上摆放着越来越多便宜新鲜的蔬菜，但中国人对自己种菜的热爱从未消失。place“放置”，是动词，主语vegetables和动词place之间是被动关系，结合语境可知句子应用现在进行时的被动语态：am/is/are being dne，表示“越来越多便宜新鲜的蔬菜正被摆放在货架上”，主语是复数，be动词用are，故填are being placed。
90．句意：此外，有些人甚至在智能手机上建立虚拟农场，以获得种植蔬菜的乐趣。之间应用名词，此处是指种植蔬菜的乐趣，应用名词pleasure，故填pleasure。
91．句意：为了填饱肚子，中国人形成了努力工作的传统。根据“their stmachs, Chinese peple have frmed a traditin f hard wrk”可知中国人形成了努力工作的传统，是为了填饱肚子，应用动词不定式作目的状语，故填T fill。
92．句意：在中国文化中，努力工作可以解决肠胃问题，学习可以满足对知识的渴望。分析句子可知，前后句子是并列关系，都是属于中国文化的一部分，应用and连接，故填and。
93．句意：甚至在太空中，中国航天员景海鹏在天宫二号空间实验室展示了他如何种菜。此处是指太空实验室，应用space labratry，故填space。
94．句意：没有什么能阻止中国人种植蔬菜。固定短语stp sb frm ding sth“阻止某人做某事”，故填frm。
95．句意：“中国菜园”在世界各地孕育着希望，也承载着中国人民对祖先的美好祝愿。根据“The ‘Chinese vegetable gardens’ acrss the wrld”结合语境可知，“中国菜园”正在世界各地孕育着希望，应用现在进行时，主语是复数，be动词用are。故填are prducing。
（2022·山东烟台·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。

Huang Qiang is the wner f a cube (魔方) stre in Changsha. Recently, using 560 cubes, he spent eight hurs 96 (make) a prtrait (肖像) f Wang Yaping, ne f the three astrnauts n the Shenzhu XIII.
“I want t shw 97 (I) respect fr the three astrnauts, especially Wang, the first wman Chinese astrnaut t enter the space statin,” Huang Qiang said.
Befre leaving, Wang prmised her daughter 98 (pick) stars fr her. S nw Wang 99 (call) the “star-picking mther” by Chinese peple.
Huang has als used cubes t make prtraits f sme famus medical wrkers wh have fught 100 (brave) against COVID-19 acrss China.
He started t play with cube puzzles during high schl. Because 101 his lve fr them, he jined the cube sciety while attending cllege. He practiced with cubes n buses, in schl dining hall-basically whenever he 102 (have) spare time.
His recrd fr slving a cube puzzle is 8 secnds, which is the 103 (high) speed in his cllege.
Althugh he majred in chemistry, Huang pened a cube stre in Changsha after his 104 (graduate). In his stre he teaches peple t slve cube puzzles.
“I have strng supprt frm my parents, wh always tell me that I wn’t knw what is pssible 105 I have a try,” Huang said.
【答案】
96．making 97．my 98．t pick 99．is called 100．bravely 101．f 102．had 103．highest 104．graduatin 105．unless
【导语】本文是一篇记叙文，介绍长沙一家魔方店的店主黄强。
96．句意：最近，他用560个魔方，花了8个小时为神舟十三号航天员之一的王亚平画像。根据“he spent eight prtrait (肖像) f Wang Yapin”可知，此处是“spend+时间+ding sth”结构，故填making。
97．句意：我想表达对三名宇航员的尊敬，尤其是王亚平，她是第一位进入空间站的中国女宇航员。此处作定语修饰“respect”，用形容词性物主代词，故填my。
98．句意：临走前，王亚平答应女儿帮她摘星星。prmise sb t d sth“承诺某人做某事”，故填t pick。
99．句意：所以现在王亚平被中国人称为“摘星妈妈”。主语是动作的承受者，时态是一般现在时，此处用一般现在时的被动语态，故填is called。
100．句意：黄强还用立方体制作了一些著名医务工作者的肖像，这些人在中国各地英勇抗击新冠肺炎。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词形式，故填bravely。
101．句意：因为对魔方的热爱，他在大学期间加入了魔方社团。根据“ lve fr them”可知，此处是because f短语，意为“因为”，故填f。
102．句意：他在公共汽车上、学校食堂里——基本上只要有空闲时间，他就会练习魔方。本句时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填had。
103．句意：他解魔方的记录是8秒，这是他所在大学的最快速度。根据“which is in his cllege”可知，本句给出范围，此前有定冠词the修饰，所以用形容词最高级，故填highest。
104．句意：虽然他的专业是化学，但毕业后他在长沙开了一家魔方店。此处作宾语，用名词形式，故填graduatin。
105．句意：我的父母非常支持我，他们总是告诉我，除非我尝试，否则我不知道什么是可能的。“I have a try”是“I wn’t knw what is pssible”的否定条件，用unless引导条件状语从句，故填unless。
（2022·浙江衢州·中考真题）
阅读下面材料，按照句子结构的语法情况和上下文连贯的要求，在空白处填入适当的词或用括号中所给词的正确形式填空。每空不超过两词。
My name is Rebeca and I’m 11. I’m frm beautiful Brazil! But my family live in a pr area, and life isn’t easy. My father 106 (wrk) hard s my brther and I can g t schl. And we always cme straight hme after schl 107 (help) with the husewrk. But I have a dream…ftball! And I want t tell yu hw ftball has changed my life.
My dad wanted my big brther t be 108 ftball player, but he didn’t like training. I lved ftball and when I played I felt happy and frgt abut everything arund 109 (I). My mum said, “Ftball isn’t fr girls.” The bys at schl didn’t want t play 110 a girl either, but when they saw I was gd, I gt the chance t jin them.
One day I 111 (tell) by my teacher that there was a ftball team just fr girls and they were preparing fr a cmpetitin in March. I 112 (real) wanted t be part f the team and I decided t try my hardest.
When my dad and brther knew that, they were very happy. My mum still didn’t like the idea. “It isn’t ging t be easy fr yu 113 ftball is a by’s sprt,” she said. But she said nthing after that, and my dad and brther trained with me every day fr seven 114 (mnth). Finally, in February the cach shwed us which players were in the team. When I heard my name, I jumped in the air.
Our team traveled t Ri de Janeir in March and we wn the cmpetitin—it was amazing! Since then we’ve wn a lt f matches. But mre imprtantly, I’ve becme much 115 (cnfident) abut myself. When I get lder, I want t be a great ftball player. That’s my biggest dream in life.
【答案】
106．wrks 107．t help 108．a 109．me 110．with 111．was tld
112．really 113．because 114．mnths 115．mre cnfident
【导语】本文是一篇记叙文，作者是一个热爱足球的女孩子，在爸爸和哥哥的陪伴下参加比赛，成为一名足球运动员是作者的梦想。
106．句意：我的父亲努力工作，所以我和我的哥哥可以去上学。时态是一般现在时，主语是My father，动词用三单，故填wrks。
107．句意：我们总是放学后直接回家帮助做家务。根据“And we always cme straight hme after the husewrk.”可知，放学后回家帮忙做家务，用动词不定式作目的状语，故填t help。
108．句意：我爸爸想让我哥哥成为一名足球运动员，但他不喜欢训练。此处泛指一名足球运动员，ftball首字母发辅音音素，故填a。
109．句意：我喜欢足球，当我踢球的时候，我感到快乐，忘记了周围的一切。此处在介词后作宾语，用宾格，故填me。
110．句意：学校里的男孩们也不想和女孩一起玩，但当他们看到我很棒时，我就有机会加入他们。根据“The bys at schl didn’t want t girl either”可知，此处指和女孩一起玩，play with“和……一起玩”，故填with。
111．句意：有一天，我的老师告诉我，有一个女子足球队，她们正在准备三月的比赛。本句主语I是动作的承受者，时态是一般过去时，用一般过去时的被动语态，故填was tld。
112．句意：我真的很想成为这个团队的一员，于是我决定尽我最大的努力。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词形式，故填really。
113．句意：这对你来说并不容易，因为足球是男孩的运动。“ftball is a by’s sprt”是“It isn’t ging t be easy fr yu”的原因，用because引导原因状语从句，故填because。
114．句意：但从那以后，她什么也没说，我爸爸和哥哥在七个月的时间里每天都跟着我训练。seven修饰可数名词复数，故填mnths。
115．句意：但更重要的是，我对自己更加自信了。much修饰形容词比较级，故填mre cnfident。
（2022·山东威海·中考真题）
用括号里所给动词的适当形式填空。
Mr. Hpe, the drman at ur schl, walks with a limp (跛脚). Smetimes peple make fun f his limp. It always 116 (make) me angry t hear them laughing at him.
Watching him make his way slwly arund ur schl with the cleaning tls in hand, I ften wndered why he limped.
One day while I 117 (stand) in the hall, I saw tw bys laughing at Mr. Hpe’s limp. The headmaster saw this and he was very mad. He tk all f us dwn t the basement. He shwed us a picture f a yung man standing by a lng, thin bat. “This is Mr. Hpe when he 118 (be) a yung man,” said the headmaster. I was shcked 119 (learn) that ur drman was nce a great rwer (划船运动员). In the 1968 Olympics, after the final race started, Mr. Hpe’s bat and anther ne were sn far ahead f the ther bats, racing neck and neck twards the finish line The race was ging well when suddenly, Mr. Hpe heard a huge cracking (爆裂) sund. He saw his ppnent’s (对手) bat 120 (g) dwn fast. The man was in truble because the bat had brken right in the middle. He 121 (stick) inside, unable t escape.
Withut 122 (stp) t think, Mr. Hpe jumped int the water and pulled the man up frm underneath the water. The ther bats 123 (pass) them n their way t the finish line, leaving the tw men alne in the water. The ther man had a brken leg and Mr. Hpe’s leg was cut badly by the sharp wd splinters.
Mr. Hpe never finished the race. He never gt a gld medal at the Olympics. He did end up getting a special medal fr sprtsmanship. And ever since then he 124 (be) unable t walk prperly.
As we std there listening, the bys felt ashamed f what they had dne. “Mr. Hpe is a her. His bravery and selfless actins make him an Olympic champin (冠军) frever. We 125 (nt laugh) at him anymre,” said the bys.
【答案】
116．makes 117．was standing 118．was 119．t learn 120．ging 121．was stuck 122．stpping 123．passed 124．has been 125．will nt laugh/wn’t laugh
【导语】本文是一篇记叙文，很多孩子嘲笑门卫霍普先生的跛脚，校长告诉我们背后的故事，霍普先生因为救人，自己受了伤，他是一位真正的英雄。孩子们意识到了自己的错误。
116．句意：听到他们嘲笑他，我总是很生气。时态是一般现在时，主语是It，动词用三单，故填makes。
117．句意：一天，我站在大厅里，看见两个男孩在嘲笑霍普先生的跛脚。根据“One day while the hall, I saw tw bys laughing at Mr. Hpe’s limp.”可知，此处强调在过去的某个时间点，动作正在发生，用过去进行时，主语是I，故填was standing。
118．句意：“这是年轻时的霍普先生，”校长说。本句时态是一般过去时，主语是he，故填was。
119．句意：我很震惊地得知我们的门卫曾经是一个很棒的划船运动员。be shcked t d sth“做某事感到震惊”，故填t learn。
120．句意：他看到对手的船沉得很快。根据“He saw his ppnent’s (对手) fast.”可知，此处是 sth“看见……正在做”，使用现在分词作宾语补足语，故填ging。
121．句意：他被卡住了在里面，无法逃脱。主语He是动作的承受者，时态是一般过去时，此处用一般过去时的被动语态，故填was stuck。
122．句意：霍普先生想都没想就跳进水里，把那个人从水下拉了上来。Withut是介词，其后用动名词作宾语，故填stpping。
123．句意：其他的船在他们到达终点的路上超过了他们，留下这两个人独自在水里。本句时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填passed。
124．句意：从那以后，他就不能正常走路了。根据“And ever since then”可知，此处用现在完成时，主语是he，故填has been。
125．句意：我们不会再嘲笑他了。根据“ him anymre”可知，此处承诺未来的事，用一般将来时，will nt=wn’t，故填will nt laugh/wn’t laugh。
（2022·四川宜宾·中考真题）
根据下面材料，在空白处填入适当的内容（1个单词）或括号内单词的正确形式。
Sun Jiarui, a 10-year-ld girl frm Outang Central Primary Schl in Wuxi, Jiangsu prvince, recently was famus nline fr her 126 (ck) skills. Sun, wh has been learning t ck frm her father since she was eight, can nw ck mre than fifty 127 (dish) .
It is 128 (reprt) that Sun Jiarui wuld g t the restaurant with her parents and liked watching her father ck fd 129 she was fur r five years ld. She first learned cking ut f curisity and wanted 130 (try) her father’s wrk. At her request, the father, Sun Yadng, began teaching his daughter 131 (careful) t d sme simple cking. She fund cking difficult 132 first, but alng the way, she fund it enjyable. “Cking imprves my labr ability and makes me experience life,” she said with emtin.
In the past tw years, Sun Jiarui 133 (learn) a lt f hme cking. Nw Sun Jiarui’s cking is als famus in the schl. The schl has pened a studi (工作坊) fr the father and daughter, and students can learn sme simple cking frm 134 (they) nce a week.
In the cming September, primary schl 135 junir schl students in China will find a new “practical activities” curse in their schedule, with at least ne class every week.
【答案】
126．cking 127．dishes 128．reprted 129．when 130．t try 131．carefully 132．at 133．has learnt 134．them 135．and
【导语】本文介绍了孙家瑞跟父亲学习烹饪的情况以及中写学生即将开始的“实践活动”课程。
126．句意：最近来自江苏无锡欧塘中心小学的孙家瑞，在网上因烹饪技巧而出名。此处指的是“烹饪技巧”，应用表达为cking skill，此处cking修饰名词skill，故填cking。
127．句意：孙从八岁起就开始向父亲学习烹饪，现在她能做五十多道菜。空前有fifty修饰，名词用复数形式，故填dishes。
128．句意：据报道，孙家瑞四五岁时会和父母一起去餐馆，喜欢看父亲做饭。此处是固定结构It is reprted that“据报道”，空处用过去分词形式，故填reprted。
129．句意：据报道，孙家瑞四五岁时会和父母一起去餐馆，喜欢看父亲做饭。结合空格前后句可知，此处指的是“当四五岁时”，应用when引导时间状语从句，故填when。
130．句意：她第一次学习烹饪是出于好奇，想尝试一下她父亲的工作。want t d sth“想要做某事”，是固定结构，空处用不定式形式，故填t try。
131．句意：在她的要求下，父亲孙亚东开始认真地教女儿做一些简单的烹饪。空处修饰动词，应用副词形式，故填carefully。
132．句意：起初她觉得做饭很难。此处是at first“起初”，固定短语，故填at。
133．句意：在过去的两年里，孙家瑞学会了很多家常菜。根据“In the past tw years”可知，句子用现在完成时，主语是单数名词，助动词用has，故填has learnt。
134．句意：学校为这对父女开设了一个工作室，学生们每周可以向他们学习一次简单的烹饪。空处作介词frm的宾语，应用宾格，故填them。
135．句意：在即将到来的9月份，中国的小学生和初中生将在他们的课程表中找到一门新的“实践活动”课程，每周至少有一节课。此处是并列“primary schl”与“junir schl”，应用and并列，故填and。
（2022·吉林长春·中考真题）
Zhang Lei, a fifteen-year-ld by, is an animal lver. He saved an elephant that was 136 great danger.
On March 13th, 2020, Zhang Lei heard a baby elephant lst 137 (it) mther and the living place. He wanted t save the pr animal. Zhang Lei used his pcket mney t help it. Later, the elephant was sent t a lcal z. The z culd give it a much 138 (gd) place t live in than befre.
Lk! What is Zhang Lei ding nw?
He 139 (play) with the elephant in the z.
Every weekend, Zhang Lei and his friends visit and 140 care f the elephant. It grws up healthily there.
Zhang Lei als enjys 141 (spend) time with ther animals. He decides t help mre animals. Trees are smetimes cut dwn by peple 142 want t make mney, s animals lse their hmes. Zhang Lei hpes t stp this. Many children have the same idea. They expect t jin him 143 (quick).
“Prtecting animals needs many 144 (vlunteer). I’ll always be ne f them,” said Zhang Lei. “Thugh there’s a lng way t g t save the endangered animals, I’ll never give 145 . My jurney has just begun.”
【答案】
136．in 137．its 138．better 139．is playing 140．take 141．spending 142．wh/that 143．quickly 144．vlunteers 145．up
【导语】本文主要介绍了一个15岁的男孩保护动物的善行义举。
136．句意：他救了一头处于极大危险中的大象。in great danger”处于极大的危险“，固定搭配，故填in。
137．句意：2020年3月13日，张磊听到一只小象失去了妈妈和生活的地方。此空修饰名词mther，应填形容词性物主代词，故填its。
138．句意：动物园可以给它一个比以前更好的地方生活。根据much以及than可知，此空应填比较级，故填better。
139．句意：他正跟大象在动物园里玩。根据“What is Zhang Lei ding nw”可知，答语应用现在进行时结构，主语he是第三人称单数，助动词用is，故填is playing。
140．句意：每到周末，张雷和他的朋友们都会来看望这头大象并照顾它。根据“care f the elephant”可知，此处指照顾大象，take care f“照顾”，此空与visit是并列关系，故此空应填动词原形，故填take。
141．句意：张雷也喜欢和其他动物在一起。enjy ding sth“喜欢做某事”，动名词作宾语，故填spending。
142．句意：树木有时会被那些想赚钱的人砍倒。此处是定语从句，先行词peple是指人，在从句中作主语，应填wh或that引导定语从句，故填wh/that。
143．句意：他们希望很快加入他的行列。此空修饰动词jin，应用副词quickly“快速地”，故填quickly。
144．句意：保护动物需要许多志愿者。many修饰名词的复数形式，故填vlunteers。
145．句意：我绝不会放弃。根据“Thugh there’s a lng way t g t save the endangered animals, I’ll never give”可知，尽管保护动物有很长的路要走，但是绝不会放弃，give up“放弃”，故填up。
（2022·贵州六盘水·中考真题）
阅读短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词或根据括号内所给单词的正确形式填空。
T wrk twards a peaceful life, yu shuld always try t develp gd relatinships with the peple arund yu. Be kind and help thse in need. D this nt nly fr family and friends, but als fr the peple wh 146 (live) in yur neighbrhd.
Peple in yur cmmunity might have different ways f living and 147 (think). This desn’t mean that they’re wrng and yu’re right. If everyne had the same ideas, the wrld wuld be 148 bring place.
Tday, in many 149 (city), peple usually lck their drs after wrk and dn’t see their neighbrs much. Scial interactins (相互影响) are ften 150 (limit) t a “Hi!” n the street. Hwever, there may be times when smene des smething that upsets yu. If this happens, discuss the matter in a 151 (friend) way. This allws yu t express yur ideas withut 152 (make) yur relatinship damaged. Avid arguments, especially nes that judge the nature f the persn rather than the actins. Fr example, yur neighbrs are playing lud music while yu try t fall asleep. Shuld yu plitely 153 (suggest) they turn it dwn? 154 shuld yu angrily shut at them? The first chice is wise. By calmly examining any prblems, yu create the relatinship f mutual respect and understanding. After all, gd neighbrs are 155 (gd) than distant relatives.
【答案】
146．live 147．thinking 148．a 149．cities 150．limited 151．friendly 152．making 153．suggest 154．Or 155．better
【导语】本文主要讲述了和周围的人建立良好关系的好处。
146．句意：这样做不仅是为了家人和朋友，也为了住在你附近的人。本文主体时态是一般现在时，此处是定语从句，且先行词“the peple”是复数，动词需用原形。故填live。
147．句意：您所在社区的人们可能有不同的生活方式和思维方式。空处需用动名词形式和“living ”形式保持一致。故填thinking。
148．句意：如果每个人都有相同的想法，世界将是一个无聊的地方。空处泛指一个无聊的地方，且“bring”是以辅音音素开头，用a。故填a。
149．句意：今天，在许多城市，人们通常下班后锁门，很少见邻居。many后跟名词复数形式。故填cities。
150．句意：社交互动通常仅限于在街上“嗨！”。固定短语be limited t“局限于……”。故填limited。
151．句意：如果发生这种情况，请以友好的方式讨论此事。空后有名词“way”，需用friend的形容词形式friendly“友好的”修饰。故填friendly。
152．句意：这使你可以表达自己的想法，而不会破坏你的关系。介词withut后跟动名词。故填making。
153．句意：你应该礼貌地建议他们把音量关小吗？情态动词shuld后跟动词原形。故填suggest。
154．句意：还是应该愤怒地冲他们大喊大叫？此处是表示选择关系，需用r表示“还是”；且单词位于句首单词首字母需大写。故填Or。
155．句意：毕竟，远亲不如近邻。根据“than”可知，此处需用形容词比较级。故填better。
（2022·山东潍坊·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空，必要时可加助动词。
“N, I wn’t tell yu anything abut thse geese（鹅）,” repeated Breckinridge. “Well, let’s 156 （make）a bet,” said Hlmes. “I bet yu five punds the geese came frm a farm utside Lndn.” “Ha, yu are wrng,” said Breckinridge. “Actually the geese came frm Lndn.”
“I dn’t believe yu,” said Hlmes.
“All right,” said Breckinridge. “Wait, I 157 （shw）yu in a mment.”
He tk ut tw large bks and pened ne f 158 （they）. “This bk cntains a list f the peple wh sell me geese. The 159 （name）in red ink are peple wh live in Lndn. Read ut the 160 （three）ne n the list.”
Hlmes tk the bk and read, “Mrs Oakshtt, 117 Brixtn Rad. This name 161 （write）in red ink. S that means Mrs Oakshtt lives in Lndn.”
“Yes,” said Breckinridge. “Nw lk in the ther bk. It recrds the dates I bught the geese.”
Hlmes read, “December 22nd, bught frm Mrs Oakshtt, 24 geese at 7 shillings each. Sld t Mr Windigate f the Alpha Inn.”
“See? I was right,” said Breckinridge. “S I 162 （win）the bet. Nw give me my mney.” 163 （Silent）Hlmes tk ut a gld cin and threw it dwn in frnt f Breckinridge. Then we left.
A few yards away, we stpped 164 （laugh）ludly. “Yu are very clever! Hlmes,” I said. “Breckinridge refused t tell us the 165 （true）. S yu made a bet with him…”
“Yes, Watsn,” said Hlmes. “Thugh I lst the bet, I fund ut what I wanted.”
【答案】
156．make 157．will shw 158．them 159．names 160．third 161．was written 162．wn 163．Silently 164．t laugh 165．truth
【导语】本文主要是福尔摩斯探案集中追踪大鹅的来历中的一段，讲述了福尔摩斯用自己的智慧知道了大鹅来自哪里。
156．句意：让我们打一个赌吧。let sb d sth“让某人做某事”，此空应填动词原形，故填make。
157．句意：一会我展示给你看。根据in a mment可知，此处用一般将来时will d的结构，故填will shw。
158．句意：他拿出两本大书，打开其中一本。f是介词，后接人称代词宾格，故填them。
159．句意：用红墨水写的是住在伦敦的人。根据are可知，此空应填名词复数形式，故填names。
160．句意：把名单上的第三个读出来。the后接序数词表示顺序，故填third。
161．句意：这个名字是用红墨水写的。主语name与动词write之间是被动关系，且名字被写是发生在过去，故此处用一般过去时被动语态，主语name是单数形式，助动词用was，故填was written。
162．句意：所以我会赢得这场赌局。根据“I was right”可知，此句也应用一般过去时，故填wn。
163．句意：福尔摩斯默默地掏出一枚金币，扔在布雷肯里奇面前。此空修饰动词短语tk ut，应用副词，故填Silently。
164．句意：几码远的地方，我们停下来放声大笑。根据“we stpped…ludly”可知，是停下来大笑，用stp t d sth表示“停下来去做另一件事”，故填t laugh。
165．句意：布雷肯里奇拒绝告诉我们真相。the后应接名词，truth“真相”是名词，故填truth。
（2022·湖南娄底·中考真题）
阅读下面的材料，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号内所给单词的正确形式（每空最多不超过三个单词）。
Brandn Cllins-Green is a man frm Canada. He is interested in Chinese pems. He spends nearly ten 166 (hur) a day translating Chinese pems int English. He 167 (translate) mre than 1, 000 Chinese pems since six years ag.
After translating a Chinese pem int 168 English ne, Cllins-Green ften writes it dwn n a piece f paper with a brush pen. He als draws a picture beside the pem t help shw the 169 （mean） f the Chinese pem. He cnnects Chinese and freign cultures 170 his paintings, and writes the pems in English, s his readers can have a better understanding abut Chinese pems, even Chinese histry 171 culture.
Brandn Cllins-Green is studying fr his dctr’s degree（博士学位）in China nw. He wants 172 (learn) anther freign language if his Chinese is gd enugh, but that day hasn’t arrived yet. He has fund there’s always new knwledge t learn in Chinese.
Cllins-Green 173 (have) a small wrkshp（工作坊）near his university. The place is small, but he likes 174 (they) very much because he can pay attentin t his translatin wrk in his wrkshp.
Cllins-Green hpes that his wrks can help 175 (many) western peple knw China than befre, and cme t see hw fast it is changing and enjy the beauty f its culture by themselves.
【答案】
166．hurs 167．has translated 168．an 169．meaning 170．with 171．and 172．t learn 173．has 174．it 175．mre
【导语】本文是一篇说明文。文章介绍了一个加拿大人Brandn Cllins-Green因为对中国诗歌感兴趣，从而花很多年精力致力把中文诗歌翻译成英文，帮助更多的西方人更了解中国。
166．句意：他每天花近十个小时的时间把中国诗歌翻译成英语。基数词ten后接复数名词，名词hur的复数形式为hurs。故填hurs。
167．句意：自从六年前以来，他已经翻译了超过一千首中国诗歌。根据“since six years ag”可知句子应用现在完成时，其结构为：has / have+过去分词。主语He为第三人称单数，助动词应用has。动词translate的过去分词为translated。故填has translated。
168．句意：把一首中国诗歌翻译成英语后，Cllins-Green经常用毛笔把它写在一张纸上。根据“English ne”可知ne为代词，指代一首中国诗歌，为单数意义，其前应用不定冠词限定，English为元音音素开头的单词，不定冠词应用an。故填an。
169．句意：他还在诗的旁边画一幅画，以帮助表达这首中国诗歌的含义。定冠词the后接名词，动词mean的名词为meaning“意思”。故填meaning。
170．句意：他将中外文化和他的绘画联系起来，并用英语写诗，因此他的读者能够更好地了解中国诗歌，甚至是历史和文化。动词短语cnnect sth with sth表示“把……和……联系起来”。故填with。
171．句意：他将中外文化和他的绘画联系起来，并用英语写诗，因此他的读者能够更好地了解中国诗歌，甚至是历史和文化。根据“even”后的“histry”和“culture”可知此处指“历史和文化”，应用并列连词and来连接。故填and。
172．句意：如果他的中文足够好，他还想再学一门外语，但这一天还没有到来。want t d sth表示“想要做某事”，因此空格处应填动词learn的不定式t learn。故填t learn。
173．句意：Cllins-Green在他的大学附近有一个小工作坊。结合下文可知，本句应用一般现在时，主语Cllins-Green为第三人称单数，因此动词have应用其第三人称单数形式has。故填has。
174．句意：这个地方很小，但他很喜欢，因为他可以在工作坊里专心做翻译工作。上文提到的The place为单数名词，因此应用人称代词it来指代。故填it。
175．句意：Cllins-Green希望他的作品能帮助更多的西方人比以前更了解中国。由than befre可知要用比较级，形容词many的比较级为mre。故填mre。
（2022·山东日照·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式（每空不多于三个单词）。
In America hitching a ride（搭便车）is very cmmn. Many peple there lve hitching a ride during 176 (they) trips. I als nce hitched a ride when I was travelling in America.
I 177 (drive) n the rad when my car stpped. I was ging t a twn that was 178 (far) than I had expected. My tank（油箱）became empty 179 I gt t the twn. Standing there, I didn’t knw what t d. I just knew I needed help. But I culd see nbdy arund. Wh culd I turn t? Then I thught 180 the scenes that I had seen in Hllywd 181 (mvie). I remembered that peple in America lved hitching a ride. I tld myself that I culd d that t.
S when a car was cming, I tried t hitch a ride. T my jy, the car 182 (real) stpped in frnt f me. The driver was 183 ld man. After knwing my prblem, he said he culd help me ut. He tk me t the nearest gas statin. But then he left as he had smething imprtant 184 (d).
I culdn’t walk all the way back t my car. Therefre, I tried t hitch a ride and I was 185 (help) ut nce again. I was greatly mved.
【答案】
176．their 177．was driving 178．farther 179．befre 180．f 181．mvies 182．really 183．an 184．t d 185．helped
【导语】本文是一篇记叙文。主要讲述了作者在美国搭便车的经历。
176．句意：那里的很多人喜欢在他们的旅途中搭便车。trips为名词，其前应用形容词修饰。they的形容词性物主代词为their。故填their。
177．句意：当我的车子停下来的时候，我当时正驾驶在公路上。when引导时间状语从句，从句中的“stpped”说明从句应用一般过去时，因此主句部分应用过去进行时，其结构为：was / were+现在分词。主语为I，因此be动词用was，动词drive的现在分词driving。故填was driving。
178．句意：我要到一个小镇上去，那个小镇比我预期的还要更远。根据“than”可知该句应用比较级。形容词far的比较级为farther。故填farther。
179．句意：在我到达镇上之前，我的油箱已经空了。根据空格后的“I gt t the twn”可知此处表示我到达镇上之前，我的油箱已经空了，所以车子也走不了了，因此此处应填意为“在……之前”的连词befre。故填befre。
180．句意：然后我想起了我在好莱坞电影里看到的那些场景。thught的动词原形为think，think f意为“想起”。故填f。
181．句意：然后我想起了我在好莱坞电影里看到的那些场景。mvie“电影”为可数名词，此处应用其复数形式mvies。故填mvies。
182．句意：令我高兴的是，那辆车真的在我的面前停了下来。stpped为动词，此处应用副词修饰。形容词real的副词为really“真的”。故填really。
183．句意：那位司机是一位老人。man是名词单数，其前应用不定冠词来限定。ld为元音音素开头的单词，因此不定冠词应用an。故填an。
184．句意：但是之后他就离开了，因为他还有一些重要的事情要做。smething imprtant是“一些重要的事情”，后接动词不定式作后置定语，动词d的不定式为t d。故填t d。
185．句意：所以，我尝试再搭次便车，然后我又再次被帮助脱困了。help sb ut表示“帮助某人脱离困境”，主语是I，谓语动词有was，说明此句是一般过去时的被动语态，其结构为：was / were+过去分词，表示“我被帮忙脱离困境”。动词help的过去分词为helped。故填helped。
（2022·广西玉林·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空。
China is a natin with a rich culture in handwriting (书法). “Even thugh the cmputer is 186 (wide) used tday, Chinese peple shuld nt frget the skill f writing with hands,” said a Chinese gvernment fficer.
S far, the cmputer 187 (becme) a very useful tl t help peple t write. As peple use cmputers mre ften than befre, many peple have frgtten hw t write Chinese characters (字). Peple ften makes plenty f 188 (mistake) in writing.
The Chinese character test shws that nwadays, many cllege students’ handwriting has gt even 189 (bad). Many cllege students d nt knw hw t make wrds r sentences in Chinese character in the right way. Nt nly kids but als many adults have met 190 same prblem. They might be able t tell the general frm f a certain character. Hwever, 191 yu ask them t spell ut the character crrectly, they can’t. On the ther hand, they can type ut the character n a cmputer withut thinking 192 (tw).
At present, China is trying its best 193 (slve) this prblem. With the use f certain technlgies, teachers can write their teaching cntents (内容) and the students can reply by writing in the natin language teaching curse. We can als write letters 194 ur relatives and friends instead f sending messages. This can help 195 (we) practice handwriting. Besides, there are many ways that we can try.
【答案】
186．widely 187．has becme 188．mistakes 189．wrse 190．the 191．if 192．twice 193．t slve 194．t 195．us
【导语】本文主要介绍计算机如今被广泛使用，导致很多人都忘记手写的技能，本文就此提出了一些相应的建议，来让人们提高自己的手写技能。
186．句意：即使今天电脑被广泛使用，中国人不应该忘记用手写字的技能。此空修饰动词used，应填wide的副词widely“广泛地”，故填widely。
187．句意：到目前为止，计算机已经成为帮助人们写作的一个非常有用的工具。根据“S far”可知，此句用现在完成时have/has dne的结构，主语cmputer是单数形式，助动词用has，故填has becme。
188．句意：人们经常在写作中犯很多错误。mistake“错误”，可数名词，plenty f修饰可数名词的复数形式，故填mistakes。
189．句意：汉字测试显示，现在很多大学生的书写水平甚至越来越差。gt在这里是连系动词，后接形容词作表语，even修饰比较级，故填wrse。
190．句意：不仅是孩子，很多成年人也遇到了同样的问题。the same prblem“相同的问题”，固定搭配，故填the。
191．句意：然而，如果你让他们正确地拼写这个字符，他们不能。“yu ask them t spell ut the character crrectly”与“they can’t”是条件关系，用if引导条件状语从句，故填if。
192．句意：另一方面，他们可以毫不犹豫地在电脑上输入字符。think twice“再三考虑”，twice是副词，修饰动词think，故填twice。
193．句意：目前，中国正在努力解决这个问题。try ne’s best t d sth“尽某人最大努力去做某事”，故填t slve。
194．句意：我们也可以写信给我们的亲戚和朋友，而不是发送消息。write t sb“给某人写信”，固定搭配，故填t。
195．句意：这可以帮助我们练习书写。此空位于动词help后，应填人称代词宾格us作宾语，故填us。
（2022·山东滨州·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，用括号内所给词的适当形式填空，必要时可加助动词或情态动词。
One day, I decided t tidy my bkshelf up. Suddenly, a white envelpe（信封）fell t the flr. I was 196 (surprise)! I culdn’t remember 197 (put) the envelpe n my shelf. It must have been years ag! Anyway, I pened the envelpe 198 (careful). Inside it, there was a flded piece f paper. I read it. It was a letter 199 (write) by my mm.
I was 205 (silence) fr a lng time, hlding that letter. I thught hw much I lved and missed my mther.
【答案】
surprised 197．putting 198．carefully 199．written 200．will find 201．advice
202．t g 203．can understand 204．yurself 205．silent
【导语】本文讲述作者在整理书架时发现妈妈生前留下的信，妈妈希望孩子们能有自我认知，找到自己人生的方向，善待他人，善待自己。
196．句意：我很惊讶！“surprise”是名词，表达“惊讶”。本句主语是“I”，表达“惊讶的”，填形容词“surprised”作表语。故填surprised。
197．句意：我记不得把信封放在我的架子上。句子表达“不记得做过的事”用“nt remember ding”，句子用动名词“putting”作宾语。故填putting。
198．句意：我小心地打开信封。句中“pened”是动词，使用副词对其进行修饰，“careful”的副词形式“carefully”表达“小心翼翼”。故填carefully。
199．句意：是一封我妈妈写的信。根据“by my mm”可知，信件与母亲之间是被动关系，用过去分词“written”作定语。故填written。
200．句意：我写这封信是希望有一天你能找到它。根据“ne day”可知，这里要用一般将来时，说明希望将来会发生的事情，表达“会找到”用“will find”。故填will find。
201．句意：我不是来帮助你或给你任何建议的。“advise”是动词，表达“建议”。动词“give”缺直接宾语，“any kind f”后面加不可数名词“advice”，表示“建议”。故填advice。
202．句意：但如果你审视自己的内心，你就能照亮自己的道路，找到前进的方向。根据“where”可知句子用“特殊疑问词+动词不定式”结构。用“where t g”表示“去哪里”。故填t g。
203．句意：我希望你能明白我的意思。根据“hpe”可知宾语从句表达“能够明白”，用情态动词“can”和动词原形“understand”。故填can understand。
204．句意：对其他人友善，对你自己友善。介词“t”后缺宾语，句子表达“对自己友善”，用反身代词“yueself”。故填yurself。
205．句意：我拿着这封信，很长时间一句话不说。句子表达“安静的”，用形容词“silent”作表语。故填silent。
（2022·山东临沂·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，用括号内所给动词的适当形式填空，必要时可加助动词或情态动词。
One Leaf, One Wrld
Maybe yu knw Chinese paper cutting, but have yu ever heard f leaf-cutting art?
In autumn and winter, many streets 206 （cver）in fallen leaves. Mst f us prbably just pass ver them withut paying much attentin. But nt Kanat Nurtazin, an artist frm Kazakhstan （哈萨克斯坦）. He will pick up sme fallen leaves and cut beautiful artwrks ut f them.
Kanat wrks at a university. He 207 （keep）drawing as a hbby t stay creative since 2013. This lng-time hbby has als allwed him 208 （express）himself thrugh art.
In 2013, Kanat 209 （start）a prject called “100 Methds f Drawing”. In this prject, he tries t use different materials and skills t create artwrks. Amng all these creative paintings, leaf-cutting art 210 （be）ne f his favrites.
T make leaf art, Kanat first chses a leaf frm his cllectin. Then, he simply 211 （imagine）a funny stry r a lively mment （时刻）. He draws it n a piece f paper and sticks the paper t the leaf. After the glue dries, Kanat uses a razr（剃须刀）t cut ut the pattern（图案）n the leaf. Finally, the artist finds a beautiful backgrund t take pictures f the leaf. And this “leaf stry” will be shared nline. A leaf’s life is shrt. But if yu lk at it with yur creative eyes, like Kanat des, yu t can give the leaf a secnd life by 212 （make）it tell an interesting stry!
【答案】206．are cvered 207．has kept 208．t express 209．started 210．is 211．imagines 212．making
【导语】本文介绍了艺术家Kanat用普通的树叶创造了精美的艺术品，为叶子赋予了“二次生命”。
206．句意：秋冬时节，许多街道被落叶覆盖。根据“ many street… in fallen leaves”可知，街道被落叶覆盖，两者为被动关系，句子时态为一般现在时，应用一般现在时的被动语态“is/am/are dne”，主语为复数many streets，助动词用are。故填are cvered。
207．句意：自2013年以来，他一直将绘画作为一种业余爱好，以保持创造力。根据“since 2013”可知，空格所在句时态为现在完成时“has/have dne”，主语为第三人称单数he，助动词用has。故填has kept。
208．句意：这个长期的爱好也让他能够通过艺术表达自己。allw sb t d sth.“允许某人做某事”，空格处应为动词不定式t express作宾语补足语。故填t express。
209．句意：2013年，Kanat启动了一个名为“100种绘图方法”的项目。根据“In 2013”可知，句子时态为一般过去时，谓语动词用过去式started“开始”。故填started。
210．句意：在这些富有创造性的绘画作品中，剪叶艺术是他的最爱之一。根据“In this prject, he tries t use different materials and skills t create artwrks.”可知，该句时态为一般现在时，leaf-cutting art是句子的主语，为单数，be动词应用is。故填is。
211．句意：然后，他只是想象一个有趣的故事或一个生动的时刻。根据“T make leaf art, Kanat first chses a leaf frm his cllectin.”可知，空格所在句时态为一般现在时，主语为he，谓语动词应用三单形式imagines。故填imagines。
212．句意：但是，如果你像Kanat一样用创造性的眼光看待它，你也可以通过让叶子讲述一个有趣的故事来给它第二次生命！by为介词，后面应跟动名词，make的动名词为making。故填making。
（2022·黑龙江牡丹江·中考真题）
Fill in the blanks with the grammatical knwledge accrding t the passage.

Lk back at Beijing 2022. As the first city t ever hst(主办) 213 the Summer and Winter Olympics, Beijing has left the wrld with sme wnderful memries. The Clsing Ceremny f the 2022 Winter Olympic Games 214 (hld) in Beijing’s Bird’s Nest.
The Chinese team was the 215 (three) n the medal(奖牌) list, with 9 gld medals and 15 in all at the Games, 216 (gd) than ever. The Chinese peple take pride 217 the great imprvement in winter sprts. Sui Wenjing and Han Cng 218 (final) gt the last gld medal fr China, making the Chinese team have a happy ending.
Many peple 219 (d) a lt fr the Games in the past few years. During the Games, vlunteers frm acrss China helped the players and 220 (visit). Dctrs, wrkers and reprters als wrked hard. They all wrked fr the success and 221 (safe). “It’s ne f the safest places n the planet, if nt the safest place n the planet, and this is 222 great achievement,” said Thmas Bach, Internatinal Olympic Cmmittee President.
Chinese President Xi Jinping’s idea “ne wrld” becmes ne f the Olympic spirits. A strnger China shws itself t the whle wrld.
【答案】
213．bth 214．was held 215．third 216．better 217．in 218．finally 219．have dne 220．visitrs 221．safety 222．a
【导语】本文主要介绍了北京冬奥会的相关内容。
213．句意：作为第一个同时举办夏季和冬季奥运会的城市，北京给世界留下了美好的回忆。根据“the Summer and Winter Olympics”可知，此处是指夏季和冬季奥运会，意为“两者都”。故填bth。
214．句意：2022年冬奥会闭幕式在北京鸟巢举行。主语“The Clsing Ceremny f the 2022 Winter Olympic Games”和动词“hld”之间是被动关系，需用被动语态(be dne)；且本句时态为一般过去时，主语是单数，be动词用was。hld的过去分词为held。故填was held。
215．句意：中国队在奖牌榜上排名第三，在全运会上获得了9枚金牌和15枚金牌，比以往任何时候都要好。空前有“the”，需用序数词形式third“第三”，表示顺序。故填third。
216．句意：中国队在奖牌榜上排名第三，在全运会上获得了9枚金牌和15枚金牌，比以往任何时候都要好。根据“than”可知，此处需用形容词比较级。故填better。
217．句意：中国人民为冬季运动的巨大进步感到自豪。固定短语take pride in“以……自豪”。故填in。
218．句意：隋文静和韩聪终于拿到了中国队的最后一枚金牌，让中国队有了一个圆满的结局。空后有动词“gt”，需用副词形式finally“最终地”修饰动词。故填finally。
219．句意：在过去的几年里，很多人为奥运会做了很多。根据时间状语“in the past few years.”可知，本句时态是现在完成时(have/has dne)；主语“Many peple”是复数，助动词用have。d的过去分词为dne。故填have dne。
220．句意：比赛期间，来自全国各地的志愿者为运动员和游客提供帮助。根据“the players and...”可知，空处指人，且需用名词复数形式，与“players”形式保持一致。visitrs“游客”，名词。故填visitrs。
221．句意：医生、工人和记者也辛苦了。他们都为成功和安全而努力。根据“the success and...”可知，空处需用safe的名词形式safety“安全”。故填safety。
222．句意：这是一个伟大的成就。空处泛指一个伟大的成就，且“great”是以辅音音素开头，用不定冠词“a”。故填a。
（2022·山东聊城·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处按要求填入适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。每空1个单词。
Gala Village lies in Tibet. It is famus fr its beautiful peach blssms(桃花) in spring. A large number 223 (介词) turists all ver the cuntry g there during March and April. They enjy 224 (冠词) beautiful blssms and the gd envirnment. And the village serves the turists well and tries t make 225 (they) feel at hme.
The village is much 226 (gd) than befre. In the past, its peple cared little abut the envirnment. They made a living by 227 (cut) dwn trees. In 2011, the village decided t develp turism. Sme villagers (村民) were 228 (pick) ut t prvide turist services. Thse villagers went t receive training at tw 229 (schl) befre they started wrking. Over the last ten years, as turists get better travel experiences in Gala Village, its peple have made mre mney 230 (连词) lived a better life.
Nw, the villagers plant abut 13. 3 hectares (公顷) f trees every 231 (year). They are ding all they can t make their hmetwn greener. They 232 (strng) agree that they shuld prtect the envirnment while develping turism.
【答案】
223．f 224．the 225．them 226．better 227．cutting 228．picked 229．schls 230．and 231．year 232．strngly
【导语】本文主要介绍了Gala村因为发展旅游业而提升了人们的生活水平，同时也让人们更加关注保护环境的重要性。
223．句意：在3月和4月，全国有大量的游客去那里。a large number f“大量的”，固定搭配，故填f。
224．句意：他们喜欢美丽的花朵和良好的环境。根据“beautiful blssms and the gd envirnment”可知，此处特指“美丽的桃花”，故填the。
225．句意：村子为游客提供了很好的服务，努力让他们有宾至如归的感觉。动词make后接人称代词宾格作宾语，故填them。
226．句意：村子比以前更好了。is后接形容词作表语，根据than可知，此空应填比较级，故填better。
227．句意：他们靠砍伐树木为生。by是介词，后接动名词，故填cutting。
228．句意：一些村民被挑选出来提供旅游服务。主语villagers与动词pick之间是被动关系，空格前已有助动词were，此空应填过去分词，故填picked。
229．句意：这些村民在开始工作前去了两所学校接受培训。tw后接名词复数形式，故填schls。
230．句意：村民赚了更多的钱，过上了更好的生活。“made mre mney”与“lived a better life”是并列关系，故填and。
231．句意：现在，村民们每年种植约13.3公顷的树木。every year“每一年”，固定搭配，故填year。
232．句意：他们强烈同意应该在发展旅游业的同时保护环境。此空修饰动词agree，应用副词，故填strngly。
（2022·山东济宁·中考真题）
Mrs. Green is an ld lady. She has a small car, and she always drives t the shps 233 (buy) fd.
Smetimes her grandchildren say t her, “Please 234 (nt g) ut in yur car all by yurself, Granny. We can take yu t the shps.”
But she always says, “N, I like driving. I 235 (drive) fr thirty years, and I’m nt ging t stp nw.”
Last Saturday she 236 (stp) her car at sme traffic lights because they were red, and then the car didn’t start again. The lights were green, then yellw, then red, and then green again, 237 her car did nt start again.
“What 238 I 239 (d) nw?”
Then a pliceman came and said t her kindly, “Gd mrning, madam! Dn’t yu like any f ur clrs tday?”
【答案】233．t buy 234．dn’t g 235．have driven 236．stpped 237．but 238．shuld 239．d
【导语】本文为一个小故事，讲述格林太太80岁了，仍旧经常开车去购物，孩子们劝她不要开车，她坚持要开。一次，去购物的时候，停在了交通灯下，结果车子不能启动了。
233．句意：她有一辆小汽车，她总是开车去商店买食物。此处在句中表示目的，用动词不定式形式，故填t buy。
234．句意：奶奶，请不要一个人开车出去。此次是祈使句，用“dn’t+动词原形”，故填dn’t g。
235．句意：我已经开了30年车了，现在我不会停下来的。根据“fr thirty year”可知，此处用现在完成时，故填have driven。
236．句意：上星期六，她在交通灯前停车，因为交通灯是红色的，然后车又发动不起来了。根据“Last Saturday”可知，时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填stpped。
237．句意：绿灯，然后是黄灯，然后是红灯，然后又是绿灯，但她的车再也发动不起来了。前后两句构成转折关系，用but连接，故填but。
238．句意：我现在该怎么办？根据“”可知，询问应该怎么办，用shuld表示“应该”，故填shuld。
239．句意：我现在该怎么办？情态动词后用动词原形，故填d。
（2022·山东济宁·中考真题）
We can’t imagine ur life withut inventins. TIME magazine has picked the 100 best inventins f 2021. Here is ne f 240 (they).
Paper Sht
Paper Sht is a camera made mstly ut f paper! Paper Sht 241 (wrk) just like any ther camera. But it is much 242 (small) and lighter. Yu can take it arund easily and get the fun mments f yur life. It can hld 800 pictures. But be careful when yu take 243 (pht) n rainy days. Dn’t get it wet!
【答案】240．them 241．wrks 242．smaller 243．phts
【导语】本文是一篇说明文，向我们介绍Paper Sht这项发明。
240．句意：这就是其中之一。在介词后作宾语，用宾格，故填them。
241．句意：Paper Sht的工作原理和其他相机一样。此处在句中作谓语，时态是一般现在时，主语是第三人称单数，动词wrk用第三人称单数形式，故填wrks。
242．句意：但是它更小更轻。much修饰比较级，且此处与“lighter”并列，用small的比较级形式，故填smaller。
243．句意：但在下雨天拍照时要小心。take phts“拍照”，固定短语，故填phts。
（2022·江苏徐州·中考真题）用括号中所给单词的正确形式填空，使短文完整、通顺。
This time yesterday, Mr Zhang 244 (celebrate) his 245 (ninety) birthday at hme. He said this t his family 246 (member): “Mst peple change huses during their lifetime, but I 247 (live) in this huse since I was brn. I’ve gt three children and all f them were brn in this huse t. Mst f the time it has 248 (be) a happy place. The street is very different frm when I was yung. At that time, there were n cars and all the children used t play in the rad. Sme children still d, but it’s nt the same—yu’ve gt t be very careful nwadays with the traffic. Nne f the peple wh live in the street nw are as 249 (ld) as I am—many f them have died; thers have mved t anther area. I 250 (nt g) ut much nw and I’m getting a bit deaf. But nne f this is imprtant. I’ve gt my children and my grandchildren, and they are everything t 251 (I).”
At the end f the party, n the dinner table, Mr Zhang’s daughter laid tw big bwls f ndles which 252 (eat) up in a minute by the whle family.
“Happy birthday!” Everyne said 253 (cheer) t Mr Zhang.
【答案】
244．was celebrating 245．ninetieth 246．members 247．have lived 248．been 249．ld 250．dn’t g 251．me 252．were eaten 253．cheerfully
【导语】本文主要介绍了张先生的九十大寿情况。
244．句意：昨天的这个时候，张先生正在家里庆祝他的九十大寿。根据“This time yesterday”可知句子时态是过去进行时：was/were ding，主语是单数，be动词用was，故填was celebrating。
245．句意：昨天的这个时候，张先生正在家里庆祝他的九十大寿。描述生日时，应用序数词，故填ninetieth。
246．句意：他对家人说。member“成员”，可数名词，老人的家庭成员不止一个，应用复数，故填members。
247．句意：大多数人一生都会换房子，但我从出生起就一直住在这所房子里。根据“since”可知主句是现在完成：have/has dne，主语是I，助动词用have，故填have lived。
248．句意：句意：大多数时候，它是一个快乐的地方。根据“has”可知句子是现在完成时，动词用过去分词形式，故填been。
249．句意：现在住在这条街上的人没有一个和我一样老。“和……一样”，中间用形容词副词原级，故填ld。
250．句意：我现在不常出去，而且我有点聋了。根据“nw”可知句子是描述现在的一般性情况，用一般现在时，主语是第一人称，助动词用d。故填dn’t g。
251．句意：但这些都不重要。我有我的孩子和孙子，他们就是我的一切。I是主格，此处位于介词t后，应用宾格形式me，故填me。
252．句意：晚会结束时，张的女儿在饭桌上放了两大碗面，一家人一会儿就吃完了。分析句子可知ndles和eat之间是被动关系，结合语境可知句子是一般过去时，所以应用一般过去时的被动语态：was/were dne。主语是复数，be动词用were，故填were eaten。
253．句意：“生日快乐!”大家都高兴地对张先生说。分析句子可知此处应用副词修饰动词，cheer的副词为cheerfully。故填cheerfully。
（2022·山东枣庄·中考真题）
阅读下面的材料并填空。有的答案要填入适当的内容，有的答案要用括号内单词的正确形式，但每个答案不多于三个单词。
D yu knw Stnehenge? It’s ne f Britain’s mst famus histrical 254 (place). Every year mre than 750, 000 peple 255 (visit) it. Peple like t g t this place as they want t see the sun 256 (rise) n the lngest day f the year, especially 257 June.
Different peple have different ideas abut Stnehenge. Sme histrians believed Stnehenge was a temple, 258 histrian Paul Stker thinks this can’t be true because Stnehenge was built many centuries ag. Other peple believe the stnes were used t keep peple 259 (health). N ne is sure 260 Stnehenge was used fr, but mst agree that the psitin f the stnes must be fr a special purpse. Peple might build it 261 (respect) ancestrs.
Stnehenge was built 262 (slw) ver a lng perid f time. Mst histrians believe it must be almst 5,000 years ld. The stnes are s big and heavy 263 n ne knws hw it was built, but we d knw the builders must have been hard-wrking and great planners.
【答案】
254．places 255．visit 256．rising 257．in 258．but 259．healthy 260．what 261．t respect 262．slwly 263．that
【导语】本文介绍了英国最著名的观光景点之一——巨石阵。
254．句意：它是英国最著名的历史名胜之一。固定句型ne f the+形容词最高级+名词复数“……中最……之一”，此处应用名词复数形式。故填places。
255．句意：每年有超过 750,000 人参观它。此处是在描述一个客观事实，需用一般现在时。主语“mre than 750, 000 peple”是复数，动词需用原形。故填visit。
256．句意：人们喜欢去这个地方，因为他们想在一年中最长的一天看到太阳升起，尤其是在六月。根据“see the sun...”可知，此处是指看到太阳在升起。固定短语see sth./sb. ding sth.“看到……正在做某事”。故填rising。
257．句意：人们喜欢去这个地方，因为他们想在一年中最长的一天看到太阳升起，尤其是在六月。空后“June”是具体的月份，用介词in。故填in。
258．句意：一些历史学家认为巨石阵是一座寺庙，但历史学家保罗斯托克认为这不可能是真的。空后前后句意转折，用连词but“但是”连接。故填but。
259．句意：其他人认为这些石头是用来保持人们健康的。固定短语keep sb. adj.“让某人保持某种状态”。health的形容词形式为healthy“健康的”。故填healthy。
260．句意：没有人知道巨石阵是用来做什么的，但大多数人都同意，巨石阵的位置肯定有特殊用途。根据“N ne is was used fr,”可知，此处是宾语从句，表示“巨石阵是用来做什么的”，用what作引导词。故填what。
261．句意：人们可能会为了尊重祖先而建造它。分析句子可知，此处使用动词不定式表示目的，作目的状语。故填t respect。
262．句意：巨石阵是在很长一段时间内慢慢建成的。空处应填副词slwly“缓慢地”，修饰前面的动词“built”。故填slwly。
263．句意：这些石头又大又重，没有人知道它是如何建造的，但我们知道建造者一定是勤奋的和伟大的规划者。根据“The stnes are s big and ne knws hw it was built,”可知，此处是指石头又大又重，以至于没人知道它是如何被建造的。意为“如此……以至于……”。故填that。
（2022·湖北恩施·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式（不超过3词）。
When yu are watching TV, yu will ntice that many famus stars make the ads n TV. Many peple believe them because they are famus. 264 , have yu ever thught whether the ads are real r nt?
In the past few years, lts f stars 265 （be）n TV as spkesmen（代言人）f sme prducts. Peple spent much mney n these prducts, but 266 （final）, many f them were nt like what the stars said. Many peple aren’t 267 （satisfy）with the famus actrs fr making the ads after accidents.
What are the public’s 268 （idea）abut the famus peple making ads n TV? D yu agree that the famus peple shuld take respnsibility if the prducts have 269 （sme）prblem? A research shws that abut 36% think it the 270 （star）fault（过错）, but they all think stars shuld give ut the mney they gt frm the ads t the charity（慈善机构）. Mre than 34% think stars must take respnsibility, r they will 271 （punish）.
S we shuld be mre 272 （care）when buying things advertised（做广告）by stars. We must find what these things are really like instead 273 listening t what the stars say. Think it ver befre we make a decisin.
【答案】
264．Hwever 265．have been 266．finally 267．satisfied 268．ideas 269．any 270．stars’ 271．be punished 272．careful 273．f
【导语】本文主要讲述了明星代言的广告也会有虚假产品，所以在购买明星宣传的东西时要更加小心。
264．句意：但是，你有没有想过这些广告是真的还是假的？根据“Many peple believe them because they are yu ever thught whether the ads are real r nt?”可知此处是表示转折关系，空后有逗号，hwever符合，置于句首，首字母大写。故填Hwever。
265．句意：在过去的几年里，很多明星都在电视上担任某些产品的代言人。根据“In the past few years”可知句子是现在完成时，主语是复数，助动词用have，故填have been。
266．句意：人们在这些产品上花了很多钱，但最后，很多都不像明星所说的那样。final“最终的”，形容词，此处应用副词finally修饰整个句子，故填finally。
267．句意：许多人对那些在事故发生后拍广告的著名演员不满意。固定短语be satisfied with“对……满意”，故填satisfied。
268．句意：公众对名人在电视上做广告有何看法？idea“想法”，可数名词，根据“are”可知名词用复数，故填ideas。
269．句意：你是否同意产品出现问题应该由名人承担责任？sme“一些”，一般用于肯定句，疑问句里一般用any，故填any。
270．句意：一项研究表明，大约 36%的人认为这是明星的错。空后是名词，所以空处应填名词所有格修饰名词，且应用复数形式，故填stars’。
271．句意：超过34%的人认为明星必须承担责任，否则会受到惩罚。分析主语they和动词punish可知它们是被动关系，结合will可知应用一般将来时的被动语态：will be dne。故填be punished。
272．句意：所以我们在购买明星宣传的东西时要更加小心。根据“be mre”可知空处应用形容词作表语，故填careful。
273．句意：我们必须找出这些东西的真实情况，而不是听明星说什么。固定短语instead f“而不是”，故填f。
（2022·内蒙古包头·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Hw des it feel when yu try smething new? I’ve always wanted t g t Antarctica(南极洲) because my Dad nce wrked there as 274 scientist befre I was brn. He said it was the 275 (quiet) and mst beautiful place he had ever been t.
S when I gt a jb at ne f the research statins, I was really excited. All my friends 276 (think) I was mad and tried t persuade(说服) me nt t g. They culdn’t understand 277 I wanted t live smewhere that was s cld and far 278 hme. But I 279 (simple) said, “I lve it.”
There I met Antarctic penguins and these birds never learned 280 (fear) us. They are calm, curius and s 281 (fun) t watch. In summer, we spend ur weekends 282 (fish) and climbing muntains. In winter, it can get bring because it’s dark 24 hurs a day. But it’s mre interesting than I expected because we watch lts f 283 (mvie) and play games tgether. On 21 June, we celebrate mid-winter with a big party.
I am lucky, fr I see the wrld with my wn eyes.
【答案】
274．a 275．quietest 276．thught 277．why 278．frm 279．simply 280．t fear 281．funny/fun 282．fishing 283．mvies
【导语】本文讲述作者去南极洲的研究站的所见和经历。
274．句意：我总是想去南极洲，因为在我出生之前，我的爸爸曾经作为一名科学家在那里工作。句子表达泛指“一个”，scientist以辅音音素开头，用不定冠词“a”。故填a。
275．句意：他说这是他去过的最安静、最美丽的地方。根据“and mst beautiful place he had ever been t”可知，用最高级形成并列结构，用“quiet”的最高级“quietest”。故填quietest。
276．句意：我所有的朋友认为我疯了，努力劝说我不要去。根据“was”可知句子是一般过去时，表达“认为”，用“think”的动词过去式“thught”。故填thught。
277．句意：他们不能明白我为什么想住在如此冷的，远离家的某个地方。动词“understand”后面是宾语从句，根据“I wanted t live smewhere that was s cld”可知从句表达“为什么”，用疑问词“why”。故填why。
278．句意：他们不能明白我为什么想住在如此冷的，远离家的某个地方。根据“far”及“hme”可知，句子表达远离家，用“far frm”。故填frm。
279．句意：但是我只是说：“我喜欢它。” 动词“said”用副词修饰，用“simple”的副词形式“simply”。故填simply。
280．句意：在那里我见到了南极企鹅，这些鸟从没有学会害怕我们。表达“学习做某事”，用“learn t d”，表达“害怕”用动词不定式“t fear”。故填t fear。
281．句意：它们镇定、好奇、看起来很有趣。根据“They are calm, curius”及“and”，可知用形容词形成并列结构，根据“Antarctic penguins and these birds never learned”可知，句子表达“有趣的”，用形容词“fun”，或者表达“好笑的”，用形容词“funny”。故填funny/fun。
282．句意：在夏天，我们周末花时间钓鱼和爬山。句子用“sb. spend 时间 ding”的结构，表达“钓鱼”用动名词“fishing”作宾语。故填fishing。
283．句意：但是它比我更有趣的，因为我们看了很多电影，一起玩游戏。根据“watch lts f”可知是复数概念，表达“看了很多电影”，用复数名词“mvies”。故填mvies。
（2022·黑龙江·中考真题）
We all want t prtect ur envirnment, but mst f us are t busy r t lazy 284 make big changes that will imprve ur lifestyle and save the envirnment.
Here are sme suggestins fr 285 (prtect) ur envirnment.
Use cmpact flurescent light bulbs (紧凑型灯泡). It’s true that these bulbs are mre expensive, but they last much 286 (lng) and they can save energy. S in the lng term yur electricity bill wuld be 287 (reduce).
Dnate. Yu have lts f clthes r things yu want t thrw away. If they are still valuable, give them t smene wh 288 (need) them. Yu may als chse t give them t rganizatins. These rganizatins may sell them and cllect a little mney. Nt nly will yu prtect the envirnment, but yu’ll als help peple 289 need.
Turn ff yur devices (设备). When yu dn’t use a huse device, turn it ff. Fr example, if yu dn’t watch TV, turn it ff. Turn ff the light when yu leave a rm. It’s 290 easy habit t keep and yu can save energy and mney.
Walk r ride bikes. Driving is ne f the biggest 291 (cause) f pllutin. If yu want t use yur car, ask 292 (yu) the fllwing questin: D I really need my car? Walk r use yur bike if the jurney is shrt.
Rainwater. Rainwater is very 293 (use) in ur daily life, s try t hld it when it rains. This water can be used fr different purpses.
These suggestins abve are gd fr the envirnment, and they help yu save sme mney.
【答案】
284．t 285．prtecting 286．lnger 287．reduced 288．needs 289．in 290．an 291．causes 292．yurself 293．useful
【导语】本文主要介绍了一些保护环境的建议。
284．句意：我们都想保护我们的环境，但我们中的大多数人太忙或太懒，无法做出重大改变来改善我们的生活方式和拯救环境。分析句子结构可知，此处考查固定结构t…t“太……而不能……”。故填t。
285．句意：以下是一些保护环境的建议。prtect“保护”，是动词，空前有介词“fr”，此处应用动名词形式。故填prtecting。
286．句意：这些灯泡确实更贵，但它们的使用寿命更长，而且可以节约能源。lng“长的”，是形容词，根据“It’s true that these bulbs are mre expensive, but they last much…”可知，此处需用形容词的比较级形式，lng的比较级为lnger，意为“更长的”。故填lnger。
287．句意：所以从长远来看，你的电费会减少。reduce“减少”，是动词，主语“yur electricity bill”与动词“reduce”之间是被动关系，此处应用被动语态，空处应用reduce的过去分词形式。故填reduced。
288．句意：如果它们仍然有价值，就把它们送给需要它们的人。need“需要”，是动词，根据“give them t smene wh…”可知，句子时态是一般现在时，主语是第三人称单数，动词应用第三人称单数形式。故填needs。
289．句意：你不仅会保护环境，而且会帮助到需要帮助的人。根据“help peple… need”可知，此处指帮助需要帮助的人，in need“困难中的”，是固定短语，空处缺少介词in。故填in。
290．句意：这是一个很容易保持的习惯，你可以节省能源和金钱。根据“It’s… easy habit t keep and yu can save energy and mney.”可知，此处指一个容易保持的习惯，空处应填一个不定冠词，easy是以元音音素开头的单词，其前应用an。故填an。
291．句意：开车是造成污染的最大原因之一。cause“原因”，是可数名词，分析句子结构可知，此处考查“ne f the+形容词最高级+名词复数”，空处应用cause的复数形式。故填causes。
292．句意：如果你想用你的车，问自己以下问题：我真的需要我的车吗？yu“你”，是人称代词，根据“If yu want t use yur car, ask…the fllwing questin”可知，此处指问你自己，应用yu的反身代词yurself。故填yurself。
293．句意：雨水在我们的日常生活中是非常有用的，所以下雨的时候试着储存它。use“使用”，是动词，根据“Rainwater is very…in ur daily life”可知，be动词后接形容词作表语，此处应用use的形容词形式useful，意为“有用的”。故填useful。
（2022·湖南长沙·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
The Netherlands needs thusands f new huses because the cuntry 294 (have) a grwing ppulatin. Anyway, it may nt have t build all thse huses. Sme f 295 (they) can be printed.
296 (recent), the gvernment has been wrking tgether with a university and sme building cmpanies(公司) t build huses that are fully 3D-printed. As vlunteers, an ld cuple has becme the first peple in Eurpe t mve int such 297 huse.
With tw 298 (bedrm) and a big living rm, the huse was built layer(层) by layer, using a huge 3D printer and special cement(水泥). After being printed ut, the huse 299 (carry) by a truck t the building site, and a rf (屋顶) and windws were later added. It tk arund 120 hurs 300 (finish) this 3D-printed huse. Usually, it takes abut ne r tw years t build a huse in the 301 (traditin) way.
The cuple will live 302 this huse fr six mnths, with a mnthly pay f 800 eurs(欧元). The cst seems a little bit high, but they think it is much cheaper 303 living in the htel.
【答案】
294．has 295．them 296．Recently 297．a 298．bedrms 299．was carried 300．t finish 301．traditinal 302．in 303．than
【导语】本文主要介绍了荷兰用3D打印机建造的一座房子。
294．句意：荷兰需要数千栋新房子，因为该国人口不断增长。根据“The Netherlands needs…”可知，句子时态用一般现在时，主语是“the cuntry”，谓语have用第三人称单数形式。故填has。
295．句意：其中一些可以打印。介词“f”后用代词宾格，sme f them“它们中的一些”。故填them。
296．句意：最近，政府一直在与一所大学和一些建筑公司合作建造完全3D打印的房屋。逗号前用副词修饰整个句子，recently“最近”，首字母大写。故填Recently。
297．句意：作为志愿者，一对老夫妇成为欧洲第一对搬进这样一所房子的人。“huse”是可数名词单数，前面需加冠词，表示“这样的一所房子”，且“huse”以辅音音素开头，用such a huse。故填a。
298．句意：这座房子有两间卧室和一个大客厅，是用一台巨大的3D打印机和特殊的水泥一层一层地建造的。bedrm“卧室”，“tw”修饰可数名词复数。故填bedrms。
299．句意：房子被打印出来后，用卡车运到了建筑工地，后来又加上了屋顶和窗户。描述过去的事情用一般过去时，根据“by a truck”可知，用被动语态was/were+dne的结构，主语是“the huse”，be动词用was。故填was carried。
300．句意：完成这座3D打印房子花了大约120个小时。“It takes+时间段+t d sth”，表示“做某事花费多长时间”，动词不定式作主语。故填t finish。
301．句意：通常，用传统的方式建造一所房子需要一到两年的时间。traditin“传统”，名词，空处需用形容词作定语修饰名词“way”。故填traditinal。
302．句意：这对夫妇将在这所房子里住六个月，月付800欧元。live“住，生活”，不及物动词，live in…“住在……”。故填in。
303．句意：费用似乎有点高，但他们认为这比住在酒店便宜得多。根据“it is much cheaper…living in the htel”可知，住在这所房子比住酒店便宜，than“比”，前面用比较级。故填than。
（2022·黑龙江绥化·中考真题）
根据短文内容用所给词的适当形式填空
Hw time 304 (fly)! The senir high schl life is cming. I still remember the 305 (ne) day like it was yesterday. Everything in ur schl is 306 (mean) t me. I used t 307 (be) shy, but my teachers always encuraged me t be active and cnfident. I 308 (make) great prgress in the last few years. My teachers and parents are 309 (pride) f me.
The end f junir high schl is the 310 (begin) f a new life. I knw learning is a lifelng jurney. I will learn frm my 311 (mistake) and never give up. I’ve als gt much. 312 (happy) is always arund me. I think the harder I wrk, the 313 (gd) I will be.
【答案】
304．flies 305．first 306．meaningful 307．be 308．have made 309．prud 310．beginning 311．mistakes 312．Happiness 313．better
【导语】本文是作者回顾了初中三年的生活，并展望未来的高中生活。
304．句意：时光飞逝！句子是一般现在时，主语time是不可数名词，动词用三单，故填flies。
305．句意：我还记得第一天，就像昨天一样。根据“the …day”可知，此处指第一天，用序数词表顺序，ne是基数词，序数词是first，故填first。
306．句意：我们学校的一切对我都有意义。is后接形容词作表语，mean对应的形容词是meaningful“有意义的”，故填meaningful。
307．句意：我过去很害羞。used t d sth“过去常常做某事”，此空应填动词原形be，故填be。
308．句意：在过去的几年里，我已经取得了巨大的进步。根据“in the last few years”可知，此句用现在完成时have/has dne的结构，主语I是第一人称，助动词用have，故填have made。
309．句意：我的老师和父母都以我为傲。be prud f“以……为傲”，prud是形容词作表语，故填prud。
310．句意：初中的结束是新生活的开始。根据“the…f”可知，此空应填名词，begin对应的名词是beginning“开始”，故填beginning。
311．句意：我要从我的错误中学习，从不放弃。mistake“错误”，可数名词，此处不止一个错误，故此空应填名词复数形式，故填mistakes。
312．句意：幸福就在我身边。此空在句中作主语，happy是形容词，对应的名词是happiness“幸福”，不可数名词，句首的单词首字母要大写，故填Happiness。
313．句意：我认为我越努力学习，我就会越好。the+比较级，the+比较级，表示“越……，就越……”，故此空应填比较级better，故填better。
（2022·贵州黔东南·中考真题）
阅读短文，在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Dear David,
Hw is everything ging? We are facing 314 lng summer vacatin. I’m writing t tell yu abut ur 315 (discuss) in ur class fr the cming vacatin.
All the students have their wn plans abut hw 316 (spend) a meaningful summer vacatin. Half f the students plan t travel at hme and abrad. They want t relax 317 cmpletely and enjy the beautiful scenery. Thirty percent f the students plan t read mre bks. They believe that 318 (read) can increase knwledge. It can als make peple much 319 (smart) and mre independent, and develp mre interests. 20% f them plan t take up sme scial practice activities. They want t get self-imprvement and make new friends t have a 320 (clr) life.
I’m ging t take part 321 scial practice activities, t. I want t learn smething new and get gd experience frm these activities.
322 the junir high schl life will end sn, it will stay in ur hearts frever.
Best 323 (wish) t yu!
Yurs
Li Hua
【答案】
314．a 315．discussin 316．t spend 317．themselves 318．reading 319．smarter 320．clrful 321．in 322．Althugh/Thugh 323．wishes
【导语】本文是李华写信给David，向他介绍同学们的暑期计划以及自己的暑期计划。
314．句意：我们正面临一个漫长的暑假。此处指“一个漫长的暑假”，表泛指，且lng是以辅音音素开头的，故填a。
315．句意：我写信是想告诉你我们班关于即将到来的假期的讨论。ur后接名词作宾语，discuss对应的名词是discussin“讨论”，此空应填单数形式，故填discussin。
316．句意：关于如何度过一个有意义的暑假，所有的学生都有自己的计划。疑问词hw+动词不定式作宾语，故填t spend。
317．句意：他们想彻底放松自己，欣赏美丽的风景。relax后缺少宾语，根据“They want t relax…cmpletely”可知，想彻底放松他们自己，用反身代词themselves表示“他们自己”，故填themselves。
318．句意：他们相信阅读可以增加知识。此空在句中作主语，应填动名词，故填reading。
319．句意：它还可以让人更聪明，更独立，发展更多的兴趣。make sb+形容词，表示“使某人……”，much修饰比较级，故填smarter，
320．句意：他们想要自我提升，结交新朋友，拥有丰富多彩的生活。此空修饰名词life，应填形容词作定语，clr对应的形容词是clrful“丰富多彩的”，故填clrful。
321．句意：我也要参加社会实践活动。take part in“参加”，固定搭配，故填in。
322．句意：虽然初中生活即将结束，但它将永远留在我们的心中。“the junir high schl life will end sn”与“it will stay in ur hearts frever”是让步关系，用althugh或thugh引导让步状语从句，故填Althugh/Thugh。
323．句意：向你致以美好的祝愿！wish“祝愿”，不止一个美好的祝愿，所以此空应填名词的复数形式，故填wishes。
（2022·黑龙江大庆·中考真题）
Zhang Guimei, 324 is the headmaster f Huaping High Schl fr Girls, has been given the title（称号） “Rle Mdel f the Times” fr 325 (help) girls frm pr families.
She mved t Lijiang t teach in the middle schl in Huaping cunty 326 the age f 17. Once, she gt badly ill but had n mney. The lcal peple raised mney 327 helped her. “Frm then n, I tld myself that I must d smething fr thse peple wh helped me.” Zhang said.
She was sad when she saw her 328 (student) culdn’t affrd t g t schl. 329 (slw), a dream appeared in her heart. In 2008, she managed 330 (fund) the Huaping High Schl. This is 331 free schl fr girls frm pr families. When peple asked why she wrked s hard, she just said, “I hpe these girls can live a 332 (happy) life than me.”
With her great effrts, she 333 (send) mre than 1, 800 students t universities s far.
【答案】
324．wh 325．helping 326．at 327．and 328．students 329．slwly 330．t fund 331．a 332．happier 333．has sent
【导语】本文是一篇记叙文。文章讲述了张桂梅的成长经历以及她创立华坪女高的故事。
324．句意：张桂梅，华坪女子高级中学的校长，因帮助来自贫困家庭的女孩们而被授予“时代楷模”的称号。has been given是整个句子的谓语，句子的主语为Zhang Guimei，根据空格前的逗号，可知其后接wh引导的非限制性定语从句，关系代词wh指代主语Zhang Guimei。故填wh。
325．句意：张桂梅，华坪女子高级中学的校长，因帮助来自贫困家庭的女孩们而被授予“时代楷模”的称号。fr为介词，在此表示“因……”，后接动词ing形式作宾语。故填helping。
326．句意：17岁时，她搬到丽江，在华坪县教初中。at the age f表示“在……岁的时候”。故填at。
327．句意：当地的人们筹钱帮助她。raised mney“筹钱”和helped her“帮助她”是并列的谓语，应用并列连词and来连接。故填and。
328．句意：当她看到她的学生们没钱上学的时候，她非常伤心。形容词性物主代词her后接名词，在此学生应是复数意义，应填student的复数形式students。故填students。
329．句意：慢慢地，一个梦想在她心里油然而生。此处应用副词来修饰整个句子，形容词slw的副词是slwly。故填slwly。
330．句意：在2008年，她成功创立了华坪高中。manage t d sth.表示“成功做某事”，因此此空应填动词fund“成立”的不定式t fund。故填t fund。
331．句意：这是一个给来自贫穷家庭的女孩们就读的免费学校。high schl为单数名词，其前应用表示“一”的不定冠词a限定。故填a。
332．句意：我希望这些女孩们能过上比我更幸福的生活。than说明句子应用比较级，形容词happy的比较级为happier。故填happier。
333．句意：经过她的努力，到目前为止，她已经把1800多名学生送到了大学。s far“到目前为止”说明句子应用现在完成时，其结构为：has/have+过去分词。主语she为第三人称单数，助动词应用has，动词send的过去分词为sent。故填has sent。
（2022·湖北鄂州·中考真题）
根据下面短文内容，用括号内所给单词的正确形式填空，使短文完整、通顺。
Beep! Beep! Beep! The barcde（条形码）technlgy makes it faster and easier t buy things in stres. Yu have prbably seen the black-and-white barcde n 334 (prduct) packaging（外包装）. In 2022, the great inventin is 51 years ld.
In 1971, an IBM engineer named Gerge Laurer 335 (cme) up with a cde（代码）that culd be printed n fd packages. Then, a cmplete cde system（系统）, the barcde was frmed later. The system was used by many 336 (cmpany) frm 1973. Befre this, shpkeepers had t 337 (recrd) prices by hand which tk much time and energy.
Actually, a barcde is 338 (real) a simple idea: shw each prduct’s infrmatin in different numbers（just like the ID card number）, then 339 (include) these numbers int a cde and print it fr cmputers t read. Tday, barcdes are scanned（扫描）ver six billin times every day and used by tw 340 (millin) cmpanies.
What infrmatin des a barcde carry? Where the prduct cmes frm, 341 (it) price, prductin date…It can als help stres always 342 (knw) abut their prducts. Fr example, if there are 10 bxes f milk and a custmer buys ne, it will be recrded s that the stre wner knws there are nine bxes 343 (leave) n the shelf. In the 1980s, libraries started t use barcdes t fllw their bks in this way.
【答案】
334．prduct 335．came 336．cmpanies 337．recrd 338．really 339．include 340．millin 341．its 342．knw/t knw 343．left
【导语】本文主要讲述了条形码的发明使用所带来的便利。
334．句意：你可能已经看过产品包装上的黑白条码。prduct“产品”，此处表示“产品外包装”，用结构“prduct packaging”，名词作定语。故填prduct。
335．句意：1971 年，一位名叫Gerge Laurer的IBM工程师提出了一种可以打印在食品包装上的代码。cme up with“想出”，根据“In 1971”可知句子使用一般过去时，动词用过去式。故填came。
336．句意：该系统从1973年开始被许多公司使用。many后加可数名词复数cmpanies“公司”。故填cmpanies。
337．句意：在此之前，店主必须手工记录价格，耗费大量时间和精力。recrd“记录”，had t d sth.“不得不做某事”。故填recrd。
338．句意：实际上，条码其实是一个很简单的想法：用不同的数字显示每个产品的信息。real“真的”，此处表示强调用副词really。故填really。
339．句意：然后将这些数字包含在代码中并打印出来供计算机读取。根据“”可知此处表述动词的顺承，形式应一致，此处用动词原形include“包括”。故填include。
340．句意：今天，条形码每天被扫描超过60亿次，并被200万家公司使用。millin“百万”前有具体数字，应用单数形式。故填millin。
341．句意：产品的来源、价格、生产日期……空格后是名词，应用形容词性物主代词its“它的”。故填its。
342．句意：它还可以帮助商店始终了解他们的产品。knw“知道”，help sb. (t) d sth.“帮助某人做某事”。故填(t) knw。
343．句意：它将被记录下来，以便店主知道货架上还剩下九个盒子。句中已有谓语动词，此处用非谓语，此处“bxes”和“leave剩下”是被动关系，用过去分词作定语。故填left。
（2022·浙江嘉兴·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
My pen friend is Allisn. She is a lvely Australian girl 344 big blue eyes. Like me, Allisn lves singing and dancing, 345 we bth like travelling t different places fr ur hlidays.
D yu want t knw 346 ur friendship started? By travelling! Three years ag, I paid a visit t my 347 (uncle) hme in Sydney. One Saturday my cusin and I went t the Blue Muntains Scenic Wrld and I 348 (meet) Allisn n the bus. She was sitting just next t me. At first, we were bth a bit shy. We sat 349 (silent) all the way until we gt near the ft f muntains. I was surprised by the amazing views and pened the windw 350 (take) phts. That’s when Allisn turned t 351 (I) and said, “It’s beautiful, isn’t it?” Then she began t explain why the muntains lked blue.
Fr the rest f the day, 352 three f us travelled tgether. We saw many kalas and were happy t see that they 353 (prtect) well in the frest. What a great experience! Back hme, I started writing t Allisn and we’ve been friends ever since.
【答案】
344．with 345．and 346．hw 347．uncle’s 348．met 349．silently 350．t take 351．me 352．the 353．were prtected
【导语】本文主要介绍了作者和艾利森的友谊是如何开始的。
344．句意：她是一个可爱的澳大利亚女孩，有一双蓝色的大眼睛。根据“She is a lvely Australian blue eyes. ”可知此处是指有一双蓝色的大眼睛，with“有”，是介词，符合语境，故填with。
345．句意：和我一样，Allisn喜欢唱歌和跳舞，我们都喜欢去不同的地方旅游度假。根据“Like me, Allisn lves singing and bth like travelling t different places fr ur hlidays.”可知此处需要一个连词连接句子，且表示并列递进的关系，and符合语境，故填and。
346．句意：你想知道我们的友谊是怎么开始的吗？根据“By travelling”可知此处询问友谊开始的方式，hw“如何”，符合语境，故填hw。
347．句意：三年前，我去我叔叔在悉尼的家做客。根据“hme”可知此处应用uncle的名词所有格形式修饰hme，故填uncle’s。
348．句意：一个星期六，我和表弟去蓝山风景区，我在公共汽车上遇到了艾利森。根据“went”可知句子是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填met。
349．句意：我们一路静静地坐着，直到接近山脚下。silent“安静的”，是形容词，此处应用其副词形式修饰动词，故填silently。
350．句意：我被这惊人的景色惊呆了，打开窗户拍照。take phts“拍照”，此处动词用不定式作目的状语，故填t take。
351．句意：就在这时，艾利森转向我说：“它很美，不是吗？” I“我”，是主格，位于t后，应用宾格形式，故填me。
352．句意：那天剩下的时间，我们三个人一起旅行。根据“three f us travelled tgether.”可知此处是特指我们三个人，应用定冠词the修饰，故填the。
353．句意：我们看到了许多考拉，很高兴看到它们在森林里受到很好的保护。分析主语they和动词可知是被动关系，且句子是一般过去时，应用一般过去时的被动语态：was/were dne，主语是复数，be动词用were，故填were prtected。
（2022·浙江台州·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。

As a freigner, the first time I ate ht pt was in Chngqing, China. The ht pt restaurant was ne f the largest and 354 (busy) places in the city. In the restaurant, hundreds 355 peple were crwded int ne large rm. My friend and I sat at a table with 356 large pt in the middle. It was an amazing experience. I 357 (real) culdn’t frget it.
Tday, the ht pt is ne f the mst ppular frms f cking in China, and nearly every twn and city has sme ht pt 358 (restaurant). Sme peple might ask hw ht pt becmes s ppular. With a ht pt, yu can 359 (put) in any fd that yu like. The same pt can serve any number f different meals t the peple sitting arund the table. Everyne can eat as much 360 they want and n ne is left ut. This 361 (be) ne f the values f Chinese culture. Finally, nt nly des ht pt taste wnderful, but it is the perfect way 362 (spend) time with thers.
In China, peple ften jke that there’s n prblem that a ht pt can’t slve. Over a ht pt, peple can talk abut nt just fd, but friendship. The fd may sn be frgtten, 363 the friendship will stay with us frever. Even tday, I remember all the gd times I spent with my friends in Chngqing.
【答案】
354．busiest 355．f 356．a 357．really 358．restaurants 359．put 360．as 361．is 362．t spend 363．but
【导语】本文主要介绍了中国最受欢迎的烹饪形式之一——火锅。
354．句意：火锅店是城市里最大、最繁忙的地方之一。 busy“忙碌的”，是形容词，应改成与largest并列的最高级。故填busiest。
355．句意：在餐馆里，数百人挤在一个大房间里。 hundred使用复数形式时必须与介词f连用，hundreds f“数百”。故填f。
356．句意：我和我的朋友坐在一张桌子旁，桌子中间放着一个大锅。 pt是可数名词单数形式，前面需要加冠词，又本句中的pt是泛指。故填a。
357．句意：我真的难以忘记。real真的，是个形容词，应改成副词形式，作状语。故填really。
358．句意：今天，火锅是中国最受欢迎的烹饪形式之一，几乎每个城镇都有一些火锅店。restaurant“餐馆”，是可数名词，放在sme后面需使用复数形式，故填restaurants。
359．句意：有了火锅，你可以放进任何你喜欢的食物。 put“放”，放在情态动词can后面需使用动词原形。故填put。
360．句意：每个人都可以想吃多少就吃多少，没有人会被遗漏。这是一个同级比较的句子，as much as…“和……一样多”。故填as。
361．句意：这是中国文化的价值观之一。主语this，谓语动词使用单数形式，又因本句描述的是一般事实，应使用一般现在时。故填is。
362．句意：最后，火锅不仅味道很好，而且是与他人共度时光的完美方式 。spend“度过”，放在名词way后面作后置定语应使用动词不定式。故填t spend。
363．句意：食物可能很快就会被遗忘，但友谊会永远伴随我们。“the friendship will stay with us frever”与“The fd may sn be frgtten”存在转折关系，应使用表转折关系的连词连接两个分句。故填but。
（2022·湖北·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入适当的内容（1个单词）或括号内单词的正确形式。
At the end f the Spring and Autumn Perid, there was a man named Ga Chai in the Qi Kingdm. Ga Chai was clever and kind-hearted. Many stries abut his childhd 364 (tell) in his hmetwn.
Fr example, ne day, little Ga Chai and his friends 365 (play) near a river when ne f them fell int the water. The ther 366 (kid) were shcked and very frightened (受惊吓的). They did nt knw what 367 (d) and there were n adults t help. Ga Chai 368 (quick) fund a slutin. He picked up a large gurd (葫芦) and threw 369 t his friend in the river. His friend 370 (understand) at nce and caught the gurd, which enabled him t flat n the water and swim t the river bank.
Ga Chai's mther was ften ill. When his father was ut, the little by wuld help a lt in the huse, cking meals fr his mther and preparing medicine fr 371 (she).
After sme time, Ga Chai went t the Lu Kingdm and became a student f Cnfucius (孔子). He was neither gd-lking 372 tall, and he did nt talk much. Even Cnfucius did nt have a high pinin f him at first. Frtunately, Ga Chai had ne gd friend amng his classmates whse name was Zilu. Zile later served 373 an fficial (官员) in the Lu Kingdm. He was asked t recmmend (推荐) smene t be a gd gvernment fficial. The persn he recmmended was Ga Chai.
【答案】
364．were tld 365．were playing 366．kids 367．t d 368．quickly 369．it 370．understd 371．her 372．nr 373．as
【导语】本文向我们介绍有关高柴的一些故事。
364．句意：他的家乡讲了许多关于他童年的故事。主语“Many stries”是动作tell的承受者，时态是一般过去时，此处用一般过去时的被动语态，故填were tld。
365．句意：例如，有一天，小高柴和他的朋友们在河边玩耍，其中一个掉进了河里。根据“ little Ga Chai and his a river when ne f them fell int the water”可知，此处强调在过去的某个时间点正在发生的动作，用过去进行时，故填were playing。
366．句意：其他孩子都惊呆了，非常害怕。根据“were”可知，此处使用名词复数形式，故填kids。
367．句意：他们不知道该怎么办，也没有大人帮忙。此处使用“疑问词+动词不定式”结构作宾语，故填t d。
368．句意：高柴很快找到了解决办法。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词形式，故填quickly。
369．句意：他捡起一个大葫芦，扔给了河里的朋友。此处指那个大葫芦，用it代替，故填it。
370．句意：他的朋友立刻明白了，抓住了葫芦，漂浮在水面上，游到河边。时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填understd。
371．句意：当他的父亲不在家的时候，小男孩会在家里帮很多忙，为他的母亲做饭，为她准备药。此处在介词后作宾语，用宾格，故填her。
372．句意：他长得不好看，个子也不高，话也不多。根据“He was neither gd-”可知，此处是结构，意为“既不……也不……”，故填nr。
373．句意：子乐后来到鲁国做官。根据“Zile later served fficial (官员) in the Lu Kingdm.”可知，子乐作为鲁国的官员，as“作为”符合语境，故填as。
（2022·湖北·中考真题）
阅读下面的短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或用括号内单词的正确形式填空。（每空不超过三个词）
In a small village, a by named Mark lived with his father, a wise ld man. One day, Mark tld his father 374 (sad) that he made little prgress in learning the guitar. N matter hw hard he tried, he culdn’t imprve. Mark asked his father 375 sme help.
“Fllw me, and I 376 (lead) yu t the high hills arund the village tmrrw.” said his father. The next day, they set ut. The rad was lng and difficult, 377 Mark still fllwed his father. As they gt higher, the father said that he wanted t g t the tp f the highest hill where he had never been t. Mark was surprised but decided 378 (help) his father.
With great difficulty, Mark helped his father climb the hill. Smetimes he even carried his father n his back. At the tp, he put his father n the grund and laughed with jy.
“When yu were 379 little by, smetimes yu returned hme with tears in yur eyes,” said his father. “The elder children laughed at yu. D yu remember why?”
Mark ndded. He remembered that as a child, he and all his 380 (friend) called this hill Munt Impssible, because small children culdn’t reach its tp.
“And tday,” said his father, “yu nt nly climbed here, but als helped 381 (I) t get here.”
“I became bigger and 382 (strng) than befre,” said Mark.
“Instead f 383 (climb) Munt Impssible every day, yu played n the smaller hills and became better at climbing,” said his father. “It became pssible fr yu t climb Munt Impssible while yu weren’t even thinking abut it.”
【答案】
374．sadly 375．fr 376．will lead 377．but 378．t help 379．a 380．friends 381．me 382．strnger 383．climbing
【导语】本文主要介绍了一位智者如何教儿子不要放弃，稳扎稳打，终究会成功的故事。
374．句意：一天，马克悲伤地告诉他的父亲，他在学习吉他方面几乎没有进步。此空修饰动词tld，要用副词，sadly“难过地”，是副词，故填sadly。
375．句意：马克向他的父亲寻求帮助。ask sb fr help“向某人求助”，固定搭配，故填fr。
376．句意：明天我带你去村子周围的高山上。根据tmrrw可知，此处用一般将来时will d的结构，故填will lead。
377．句意：道路是漫长而艰难的，但马克仍然跟随他的父亲。“The rad was lng and difficult”与“Mark still fllwed his father”是转折关系，故填but。
378．句意：马克很惊讶，但还是决定帮助他的父亲。decide t d sth“决定做某事”，动词不定式作宾语，故填t help。
379．句意：当你还是个小男孩的时候，有时你回家时眼里含着泪水。此处表示“一个小男孩”，表泛指，且little是以辅音音素开头的，故填a。
380．句意：他记得当他还是个孩子的时候，他和他所有的朋友都称这座山为“不可能的山”，因为小孩子无法到达山顶。根据“all”可知，此空应填名词复数形式，故填friends。
381．句意：你不仅爬到这里，还帮我走到这里。此空位于动词help后，应填人称代词宾格作宾语，故填me。
382．句意：我变得比以前更大更强壮。此空与bigger构成并列关系，故此空也应填形容词比较级，故填strnger。
383．句意：你不是每天都去攀登“不可能的山”，而是在较小的山丘上玩耍，爬得更好。instead f ding sth“代替做某事”，动名词作宾语，故填climbing。
（2022·四川广元·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个恰当的单词或括号内所给单词的正确形式，并将答案写在答题卡相应的横线上。
China is a large cuntry. It has special cultures with a very lng histry.
Chinese fd plays 384 imprtant rle fr Chinese families. Chinese peple eat their meals with chpsticks. One f the main fds 385 (be) rice. Tea is a favrite drink.
Chinese calendar is different frm the ne in 386 (west) cuntries. New Year’s Day is in late winter. It is als called the Spring Festival. And it als has sme special 387 (traditin) cultures. Fr example, sweeping the flr 388 New year’s Day sweeps away all the ld year’s bad 389 (lucky).
The Chinese zdiac, knwn as Sheng Xia, fllws a twelve-year cycle. Each year is 390 (name) after an animal. Fr example, the year that begins in 2022 is the year f the tiger.
Chinese is a little difficult language. Chinese writing 391 (develp) fr ver 4,000 years. It has thusands f characters. A character stands fr a wrd and als a 392 (mean). Besides Putnghua, Chinese peple speak sme ther 393 (frm) f the language, and there are many kinds f dialects (方言).
【答案】
384．an 385．is 386．western 387．traditinal 388．befre 389．luck 390．named 391．has develped 392．meaning 393．frms
【导语】本文介绍了一些中国传统文化：食物、历法、生肖及语言特点等。
384．句意：中餐在中国家庭中扮演着重要的角色。此处是泛指一个重要的角色，且“imprtant”是以元音音素开头，用不定冠词an。故填an。
385．句意：主要食物之一是米饭。固定句型ne f+名词复数“……之一”，谓语动词用单数；本文应用现在时态，此处为一般现在时，应用is。故填is。
386．句意：中国的历法与西方国家的不同。空后有名词“cuntries”，此处需用形容词修饰名词。western“西方的”，形容词。故填western。
387．句意：它也有一些特殊的传统文化。空后有名词“cultures”，此处需用形容词traditinal“传统的”来修饰。故填traditinal。
388．句意：例如，新年前扫地，一扫旧年的霉运。根据习俗常识可知，在春节前会扫地。befre“在……之前”。故填befre。
389．句意：例如，新年前扫地，一扫旧年的霉运。空前有名词所有格“the ld year’s...”，其后需跟名词形式luck“运气”，bad luck“霉运，坏运气”。故填luck。
390．句意：每年都以一种动物的名字命名。固定短语be named after“以……命名”。故填named。
391．句意：中国文字发展了4000多年。根据“fr ver 4,000 years”可知，本句是现在完成时(have/has dne)；主语“Chinese writing”是单数，助动词用has。develp的过去分词为develped。故填has develped。
392．句意：一个字符代表一个词，也代表一个意义。空前有不定冠词“a”，其后跟名词单数形式，meaning“意思”，名词。故填meaning。
393．句意：除了普通话，中国人还讲其他形式的语言，还有很多种方言。“sme”后跟名词复数形式。故填frms。
（2022·湖南湘潭·中考真题）
阅读下面的材料，在空白处填入适当内容（1个单词）或括号内单词的正确形式。
Shashan is a famus city, the hmetwn f Chairman (主席) Ma Zedng. He nce lived, studied, and 394 (wrk) here. Shashan is a cmfrtable place with flwers blming (开花) and birds singing all year rund. Shashan is a place 395 is almst in the middle f Hunan, abut 40 kilmeters frm Xiangtan City and 100 kilmeters frm Changsha City.
As the high-speed trains are available, mre and mre peple cme here 396 train. Fr example, it nly 397 (take) less than half an hur frm Changsha City t Shashan. Others still want 398 (drive) here with families r friends. If peple cme here n December 26th, it will be the 399 (gd) time. On that day there are a lt f celebratins, because it’s Chairman Ma’s birthday.
400 (Visitr) frm all ver the cuntry cme here t shw their respect. They als lk frward t 401 (watch) The Mst Memrable Shashan (《最忆韶山冲》), which can help them better understand Chairman Ma. They will be deeply mved and encuraged. Besides, it is nt nly 402 gd place fr students t have schl trips, but als an educatin base fr 403 (they) t learn abut the histry f the Cmmunist Party f China (中国共产党).
【答案】
394．wrked 395．that/which 396．by 397．takes 398．t drive 399．best 400．Visitrs 401．watching 402．a 403．them
【导语】本文主要介绍了韶山这一座著名的城市，韶山也是毛主席的故乡。
394．句意：他曾在这里生活、学习和工作。根据“lived, studied, and…”可知，此处使用动词过去式。故填wrked。
395．句意：韶山几乎位于湖南中部，距湘潭市40公里，长沙市100公里。根据“a place…”可知，此处空后为定语从句，先行词为地点，使用that或者which，在句中作主语。故填that/which。
396．句意：随着高铁的普及，越来越多的人乘火车来这里。根据“train”可知，by train“乘火车”，故填by。
397．句意：例如，从长沙市到韶山只需不到半个小时。根据“it nly…(take) less than half an hur frm Changsha City t Shashan. ”可知，本句为一般现在时，主语为单数形式，使用动词第三人称单数。故填takes。
398．句意：其他人仍然想和家人或朋友一起开车来这里。根据“want”可知，want t d“想要做”，故填t drive。
399．句意：如果人们在12月26日来这里，那将是最好的时间。根据“the… (gd) time”和“On that day there are a lt f celebratins, because it's Chairman Ma’s birthday.”可知，此处指最好的时间。使用形容词最高级。故填best。
400．句意：来自全国各地的游客来这里表达他们的敬意。根据“frm all ver the cuntry cme here t shw their respect. ”可知，此处指来自全国各地的游客，使用名词复数形式。故填Visitrs。
401．句意：他们还期待着观看《最忆韶山冲》，这可以帮助他们更好地了解毛主席。根据“lk frward t”可知，lk frward t ding“期待做”，故填watching。
402．句意：此外，它不仅是学生进行学校旅行的一个好地方，也是他们了解中国共产党历史的教育基地。根据“gd place”可知，此处表泛指，gd以辅音音素开头，使用不定冠词a。故填a。
403．句意：此外，它不仅是学生进行学校旅行的一个好地方，也是他们了解中国共产党历史的教育基地。根据“fr”可知，介词后使用宾格them。故填them。
（2022·江苏宿迁·中考真题）
根据短文内容，用括号内所给词的正确时态或形式填空，使短文完整。
Zhang Yugun is head f Heihumia Primary Schl in Henan Prvince. He 404 (be) a persn full f lve and respnsibility(责任).
After graduatin in 2001, Zhang chse t wrk in the pr cuntryside. Over the past 21 years, he 405 (see) many teachers cme and g because f the pr cnditins in the village. Hwever, he has stayed n and made every effrt t help the children deal with their 406 (prblem).
One winter, travelling n the muntain rad was much 407 (difficult) than usual. The schl was abut t start, but thse 408 (student) bks were still in a twn utside the village. Then Zhang and anther teacher left early in the mrning with a shulder ple(扁担). They carried back kils f bks. When they 409 (get) t the schl, they were bth cvered in mud(泥), but the bks were prtected 410 (gd). In 2006, a cement rad(水泥路) 411 (build) in the village. S Zhang started t carry the bks with a mtrbike. Althugh fur mtrbikes brke dwn, he never 412 (stp).
In rder t prvide better care fr the students whse parents had left the village t find wrk in the city, Zhang asked his wife t give up her jb t help 413 (ck) and clean fr the students. Thanks t the teachers like Zhang, the students in Heihumia Primary Schl are able t learn at schl and hpe fr a brighter future.
【答案】
404．is 405．has seen 406．prblems 407．mre difficult 408．students’ 409．gt 410．well 411．was built 412．stpped 413．ck
【导语】本文是一篇记叙文，向我们介绍张玉滚的个人事迹。
404．句意：他是一个充满爱心和责任感的人。时态是一般现在时，主语是He，故填is。
405．句意：在过去的21年里，他目睹了许多教师因为村里的恶劣条件来了又走。根据“Over the past 21 years”可知，时态是现在完成时（have/has dne），主语是he，助动词使用has，故填has seen。
406．句意：然而，他留下了，并尽一切努力帮助孩子们解决他们的问题。孩子们的问题不止一个，用名词复数形式，故填prblems。
407．句意：有一年冬天，在山路上行走比平时难得多。根据“than usual”可知，此处用形容词比较级，故填mre difficult。
408．句意：学校就要开学了，但那些学生的书还在村外的一个小镇上。thse修饰可数名词复数，此处作定语修饰bks，所以用名词复数的所有格，故填students’。
409．句意：当他们到达学校时，他们都满身是泥，但书被保护得很好。根据“were”可知，时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填gt。
410．句意：当他们到达学校时，他们都满身是泥，但书被保护得很好。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词形式，故填well。
411．句意：2006年，村里修建了一条水泥路。主语“a cement rad”是动作的承受者，时态是一般过去时，所以用一般过去时的被动语态，主语是第三人称单数，be动词使用was，故填was built。
412．句意：虽然有四辆摩托车坏了，但他从未停下来。根据“brke dwn”可知，时态是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故填stpped。
413．句意：为了更好地照顾那些父母离开农村到城市找工作的学生们，张要求他的妻子放弃工作，帮学生做饭和打扫卫生。此处与clean并列，help d sth“帮助做某事”，使用动词原形，故填ck。
（2022·浙江金华·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的词，或填入括号中所给单词的正确形式。
Sme peple say it is nt easy fr a middle-aged persn t learn a freign language. But is it 414 （real）true?
Several years ag, I wrked fr 415 English newspaper which was ding such a research. They asked me t learn a new language fr ne mnth. Then I had t g t the cuntry and d sme “tests” 416 （see）if I culd “survive（挺过来）” in different situatins.
I chse Spanish（西班牙语）and did a ne-mnth curse at a language schl and 417 （find）that sme Spanish wrds are very similar t English nes. 418 example, hla isn’t very different frm “hell”. Of curse, there are ther things which are mre difficult. In Spanish yu have t change the verbs（动词）fr each persn. But my 419 （big）prblem f all was the prnunciatin. I fund 420 was very difficult t prnunce sme letters in Spanish, especially r and j. S I had t dwnlad 421 （sentence）nt my phne and I listened and practised them again and again.
A mnth later I went t Spain. A Spanish teacher 422 （call）Paula came and began the test. “Will I survive?” I wasn’t sure enugh but 423 I wished I wuld!
【答案】
414．really 415．an 416．t see 417．fund 418．Fr 419．biggest 420．it 421．sentences 422．called 423．hw
【导语】本文主要讲述了作者通过自己学习西班牙的经历来验证一下中年人学外语是否不容易。
414．句意：但这是真的吗？根据“true”可知，此处使用副词修饰形容词，real 的副词为really。故填really。
415．句意：几年前，我为一家英文报纸工作，该报纸正在做这样的研究。根据“English newspaper”可知，此处表泛指，English以元音音素开头，使用不定冠词an。故填an。
416．句意：然后我不得不去些地区做一些“测试”，看看我是否能在不同的情况下“挺过来”。根据“Then I had t g t the cuntry and d sme “tests”…（see）if I culd “survive（挺过来）” in different situatins.”可知，此处空后为做一些“测试”的目的，使用动词不定式作目的状语。故填t see。
417．句意：我选择了西班牙语，在一所语言学校上了一个月的课程，发现一些西班牙语单词与英语单词非常相似。根据“did a ne-mnth curse”可知，此处为一般过去时，使用动词过去式。故填fund。
418．句意：例如，hla与“hell”没有太大区别。根据“example”可知，Fr example“例如”，介词短语。故填Fr。
419．句意：但我最大的问题是发音。根据“f all”可知，此处指最大的问题，使用形容词的最高级，故填biggest。
420．句意：我发现用西班牙语读一些字母很困难，尤其是r和j。根据“I fund …was very difficult t prnunce”可知，find it adj. t d sth.“发现做某事是……”，it作形式宾语。故填it。
421．句意：所以我不得不把句子下载到手机上，一遍又一遍地听和练习。根据“them”可知，此处使用名词复数，故填sentences。
422．句意：一位名叫Paula的西班牙语老师来了，开始考试。根据“A Spanish teacher…（call）Paula”可知，此处使用过去分词作后置定语修饰名词teacher。故填called。
423．句意：我不太确定，但我多么希望我能做到！根据“I wishe I wuld!”可知，此处指多么希望我能做到，使用hw“多么”，强调程度，故填hw。
（2022·江苏苏州·中考真题）
请认真阅读下面短文，填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
A hurricane(飓风) is a huge strm that frms ver warm cean water. Hurricanes have winds that mve in 424 circle. Hurricane winds are very 425 (pwer), and can mve at speeds frm 120 km/h t ver 300 km/h.
The centre f hurricane winds is called the eye. Winds in the eye 426 (be) nt very strng. Arund the eye is an area called the eye wall. The wall is where winds are the 427 (strng) and rain is the heaviest.
Strng winds and heavy rain can d a lt f damage(破坏) when a hurricane mves ver land.
Hurricane winds can be strng enugh t break 428 (windw) int pieces. The winds can even knck ver tall trees, which might fall n buildings r cars. Strng winds can pick up bjects and send 429 (they) int the air, causing damage.
Heavy rain frm a hurricane can cause flds in areas that are nt clse 430 a cast. The fldwater can be very deep. It smetimes 431 (reach) almst up t the tp f huses. Water ges int the huses 432 (quick) and des a lt f damage. Wden structures(结构) might nt be safe after a fld.
433 there is n way t prevent a hurricane, yu can get prepared fr it.
【答案】
424．a 425．pwerful 426．are 427．strngest 428．windws 429．them 430．t 431．reaches 432．quickly 433．Althugh/Thugh
【导语】本文是一篇说明文，向我们介绍飓风的相关内容。
424．句意：飓风的风是绕圈运动的。此处泛指一个圈，“circle”首字母发辅音音素，故填a。
425．句意：飓风非常强大，风速可以从每小时120公里到每小时300公里以上。此处在句中作表语，用形容词pwerful，故填pwerful。
426．句意：风眼的风力不是很强。本句时态是一般现在时，主语“Winds”是复数，故填are。
427．句意：这堵墙是风最强、雨最大的地方。根据并列句“rain is the heaviest”可知，此处应使用最高级strngest，故填strngest。
428．句意：飓风的威力足以把窗户吹成碎片。此处表示复数含义，使用名词复数形式，故填windws。
429．句意：强风会把物体吹到空中，造成破坏。此处在动词后作宾语，用宾格them，故填them。
430．句意：飓风带来的暴雨会在不靠近海岸的地区引发洪水。be clse t“靠近”，故填t。
431．句意：有时它几乎达到了房子的顶部。本句时态是一般现在时，主语是“It”，动词用三单，故填reaches。
432．句意：水很快进入房屋，造成很大的破坏。此处在句中修饰动词，用副词quickly，故填quickly。
433．句意：虽然没有办法预防飓风，但你可以做好准备。前后两句构成让步关系，用althugh/thugh引导让步状语从句，句首需大写首字母。故填Althugh/Thugh。
（2022·四川乐山·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填写1个适当的单词或括号内所给单词的正确形式。
A Pstman f Smiles
Jhn Matsn has been a pstman fr fur years. He lves being ut in the fresh air and meeting peple. He has made 434 (friend) with many f his custmers and enjys talking with them while he is wrking.
Hwever, when COVID-19 began, Jhn’s life and wrk 435 (change) a lt. He still saw his custmers, 436 he had t talk with them frm a safe scial distance (社交距离). He was feeling 437 (little) happy than befre.
What culd he d t cheer bth 438 (him) and thers up? Jhn fund sme cl Hallween csturnes (万圣节服装) in his huse. He asked his manager if he culd wear them t wrk. He wanted 439 (try) t “ send ” smiles t peple.
The manager agreed. And peple smiled 440 (happy) when they saw Jhn in his csturne. The next day, he dressed up as 441 ancient sldier and everyne lved it. Sme wuld even wait by their windws and drs 442 rder t see him. Frm then n, Jhn decided t wear his funny csturnes every day.
“ S many peple are happy and lk frward t 443 (see) what I end up wearing, ” said the pstman. “ I think I lve my jb mre than ever nw! ”
【答案】
434．friends 435．changed 436．but 437．less 438．himself 439．t try 440．happily 441．an 442．in 443．seeing
【导语】本文主要讲述了在新冠疫情期间，邮递员Jn Matsn在送邮件时穿着戏服，把自己打扮成各种造型，给自己和客户都带来了欢乐。
434．句意：他和许多顾客交了朋友，并喜欢在工作时与他们交谈。make friends with sb“和某人交朋友”，固定短语。故填friends。
435．句意：然而，COVID-19开始后，约翰的生活和工作发生了很大变化。根据“when COVID-19 began”可知，时态是一般过去时，空处用动词过去式。故填changed。
436．句意：他仍然会看到他的顾客，但他必须在一个安全的社交距离与他们交谈。空前空后在句意上存在转折关系，所以用but连接。故填but。
437．句意：他觉得不像以前那么高兴了。根据than可知，空处用little的比较级less。故填less。
438．句意：他做什么才能使自己和别人都高兴起来呢？主语和宾语都是同一人称，所以空处用反身代词himself表示“让自己高兴”。故填himself。
439．句意：他想把微笑“传达”给人们。want t d sth“想要做某事”，固定短语。故填t try。
440．句意：当人们看到穿着戏服的约翰时，都高兴地笑了。空处修饰动词smiled，应用happy的副词形式happily。故填happily。
441．句意：第二天，他打扮成古代士兵的样子，大家都很喜欢。sldier是可数名词单数形式，需与不定冠词连用，ancient是元音音素开头的单词，所以用an。故填an。
442．句意：有些人甚至会守在门窗边等着见他。in rder t d sth“为了做某事”，固定短语，作目的状语，故填in。
443．句意：“很多人都很高兴，期待着我最后穿什么。”邮递员说。lk frward t ding sth“期待做某事”，固定短语，所以空处用动名词作宾语。故填seeing。
（2022·四川眉山·中考真题）
阅读下面短文，在空白处填入一个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
Peking Opera（京剧）is a traditinal frm f Chinese culture. In Peking Opera, each character has their face painted in a special way. By lking at the face painting, the audience（观众）can knw whether the character is gd 444 bad.
Where did this kind f face painting cme frm? An ld stry tld us that it had smething t d 445 the Prince f Lanling. This prince was ne f the fur mst handsme 446 （man）in ancient China. Sme sldiers in the prince’s army 447 （think）that he was weak because f his gd-lking face. S, t make himself lk 448 （strng）than his appearance, the prince wre a mask with an ugly face painted n it.
Anther face painting stry was abut Li Lngji, 449 emperr in the Tang Dynasty. He lved pera very much. One day, a clwn actr（丑角）fell ill right befre a perfrmance. The emperr planned 450 （play）this rle himself. Then he cvered his face with a piece f white square jade（玉）s that thers wuldn’t be able t recgnize 451 （he）. Ever since then, clwn actrs 452 （cntinue）t paint white squares n their faces.
As time went n, face painting started being 453 （wide）used t shw the characters f different rles. It has becme ne f the many special art frms f Peking Opera.
【答案】
444．r 445．with 446．men 447．thught 448．strnger 449．an 450．t play 451．him 452．have cntinued 453．widely
【导语】本文主要介绍了京剧中脸谱的来源。
444．句意：通过看人脸画，观众可以知道这个人物是好是坏。根据“whether the character is gd…bad”可知，知道人物是好的还是坏的，r“或者”，故填r。
445．句意：一个古老的故事告诉我们，它与兰陵王子有关。have smething t d with“与……有关”，
446．句意：这位王子是中国古代四大帅哥之一。ne f the+形容词最高级+复数名词，表示“最……之一”，此空应填入man的复数形式men，故填men。
447．句意：王子军队里的一些士兵认为他很虚弱，因为他长得很好看。根据“was”可知，此句是一般过去时，此处的动词用过去式，故填thught。
448．句意：所以，为了让自己看起来比外表更强壮，王子戴了一个画着丑陋面孔的面具。lk“看起来”，连系动词，后接形容词作表语，根据“than”可知，此空应填形容词比较级，故填strnger。
449．句意：另一个脸谱的故事是关于唐朝皇帝李隆基的。此处表示“唐朝的一位皇帝”，表泛指，且emperr是以元音音素开头的，故填an。
450．句意：皇帝打算亲自扮演这个角色。plan t d sth“计划做某事”，动词不定式作宾语，故填t play。
451．句意：然后他用一块白方玉把脸蒙起来，这样别人就认不出他来了。此空位于动词recgnize后，应填代词宾格作宾语，故填him。
452．句意：从那时起，小丑演员继续在脸上画白色的方块。根据“Ever since then”可知，此句用现在完成时have/has dne的结构，主语actrs是复数形式，助动词用have，故填have cntinued。
453．句意：随着时间的推移，脸谱开始被广泛用于表现不同角色的性格。此空修饰动词used，要用副词，wide对应的副词是widely“广泛地”，故填widely。
In February, there was a vide abut Asian elephants in Yunnan, in which tw 1 (elephant) were fighting fr fd. By 2 end f 2022, the number f wild Asian elephants 3 (be) mre than 300.
They started t visit villages. 4 did they d s? Because they needed mre space and fd. But this brught lsses fr the farmers.
Smetimes, the elephants were scared and 5 (hurt) peple. S the lcal gvernment is 6 (think) f sme smart ways t get alng with the cute but naughty animals.
◆ If the elephants eat farmers’ plants, farmers can get sme mney frm the gvernment.
If the elephants get t clse t peple, fences (栅栏) can be built near villages and schls t prtect peple.
◆ If yu see sme elephants, stay 7 least 300 meters away frm them. Als, yu shuld leave the place 8 (quick).
◆ If yu are in a place with elephants, dn’t 9 (wear) bright-clred clthes. Such clthes culd make elephants 10 (angry).
My dear child,
I lve yu s much! This is nt a letter t be psted. I have written this in the hpe that ne day yu 200 (find) it. Yes, I wanted t let yu knw smething that was nt suitable t express face t face.
Life is t shrt and uncertain. If yu are reading this, I am n lnger with yu. Yu are alne nw. I’m nt there t help yu r give yu any kind f 201 (advise).
The wrld arund yu can be cnfusing（令人困惑的）. But if yu lk inside yurself, yu can light yur path and find ut where 202 (g). Remember the saying, “Yu reap what yu sw（播种）.” The way yu act will have an influence n yur life. Be psitive（积极的）as much as pssible. Yu are a great child. I hpe yu 203 (understand) what I mean. Be kind t thers and t 204 (yu).
Yurs,
Mm